encoder pentru senzori

Optical Encoder and Accessories Catalog

www.encoder.com 1-800-366-5412

Company History

Encoder Products Company Inc. (EPC) is a leading designer andworld-wide manufacturer of motion sensing devices. Founded in1969 by William Watt, EPC began operations with a small line ofcustom encoders. Today, more than 40 years later, EPC's popularAccu-Coder™ brand is the most complete line of incremental andabsolute shaft encoders in the industry. Our core philosophy isthat each and every customer deserves quality products, superiorcustomer service, and expert support.

Solving Problems

For over 40 years, we have been solving encoder problems. Customdesigns, faster delivery, and reliable products are all areas inwhich we excel. We believe that an encoder supplier should solveproblems, not cause them.

Custom Encoders Our Specialty

Through years of experience, we understand each industrialenvironment is different; you need an encoder that fits your specificsituation. This ultimately means not having to make due withsomeone else’s specifications or configurations, but having yourown custom designed unit. Many of our customers have come todepend on us for this special area of customization. Using stateof the art technology, we can design and deliver custom encodersfaster than most suppliers standard products - often shipping yourunique encoder in 4 to 6 days or sooner.

Business Partnerships

Fostering long term business partnerships with satisfied customersis what we do best, and the heart of our mission. We take pride inproviding superior customer service and supplying you an encoderthat functions precisely, dependably, and flawlessly. Listening to ourcustomers needs, and designing products that provide solutions forthem, is a key to our success. It isn't every company that can saythey have satisfied their customers for over 40 years!

ISO 9001 Quality Systems

At EPC, quality is designed into every product. Before it's offeredfor sale, each Accu-Coder™ model is developed using state-of-the-art design tools and fully tested against EPC's exactingquality standards. But quality does not stop at design. During themanufacturing process, each Accu-Coder™ is subjected to a seriesof stringent quality control tests to ensure you are receiving thebest encoder available. Our quality system has successfully beenaudited to the requirements of ISO 9001:2008, an internationallyrecognized standard for comprehensive Quality Systems. By payingclose attention to detail, our Accu-Coder™ brand has become knownthroughout the industry for quality and reliability.

Innovative Design Team

At EPC, we concentrate on encoders, making us famous for pavingthe path of the encoder industry and providing encoder standards forour industry since 1969. First to design the cube style encoder, nowan industry standard. First to resolve mounting installation problemsby providing an industry first flexible-mounting system. First toinclude Opto-ASIC technology, which virtually eliminates miscountsby eliminating electrical noise, and enhancing signal quality. First toprovide an encoder that operates at 120° C. First to provide 6000CPR in a 1.5" diameter encoder. First to provide a 3 year standardwarranty, demonstrating that we stand proudly behind the reliabilityof each of our products.

Table of Contents

Quick Selection Guide ........................................................................... 2Encoder Basics........................................................................................... 4Typical Usage ............................................................................................... 5

Incremental Thru-Bore & Motor Mount EncodersModel 15T/H .................................................................................................. 6Model 755A..................................................................................................... 8Model 121......................................................................................................... 10Model 260......................................................................................................... 12Model 225......................................................................................................... 16Model 25T/H .................................................................................................. 18Model 775......................................................................................................... 20Model 776......................................................................................................... 22Model 770......................................................................................................... 24Model 771......................................................................................................... 26Model 755A NEMA ................................................................................. 28Model 702 Motor Mount .................................................................... 30

Incremental Shaft EncodersModel 711 ......................................................................................................... 34Model 715......................................................................................................... 36Model 716......................................................................................................... 38Cube Housings ........................................................................................... 40Model 15S ........................................................................................................ 42Model 755A..................................................................................................... 46Model 702......................................................................................................... 48Model 725......................................................................................................... 52Model 758......................................................................................................... 56

Linear Solutions EncodersModel TR1........................................................................................................ 58Model TR2........................................................................................................ 60Model TR3........................................................................................................ 64Model LCE ....................................................................................................... 68

Stainless Steel EncodersModel 802S..................................................................................................... 70Model 858S..................................................................................................... 72Model 865T ..................................................................................................... 74

Absolute EncodersModel 925......................................................................................................... 76Model 958......................................................................................................... 78Model 960......................................................................................................... 80

AccessoriesRXTX Converter/Repeater/Splitter .......................................... 82Connectors/Cables/Converters ................................................. 85Encoder Power Supply ....................................................................... 86Couplings/Bore Kits/Options ........................................................ 87Mounting/Accessories ......................................................................... 88Motor Kits/Covers/Accessories............................. 89Measuring Wheels................................................................................... 90

Technical InformationIndex-Phasing and Gating Options ....................................... 91Ordering/Repairs/Technical Support .................................... 95Warranty/Returns/Repairs............................................................... 96The CE Mark Option ............................................................................. 97Cable Considerations........................................................................... 98Glossary ............................................................................................................. 99

1-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected]

Quick Selection Guide

Incremental Thru-Bore & Motor Mount Encoders

Pg 6 Ø1.5”

••••

Pg 16 Ø2.25”

•••••

Models 15T & 15H•••••

Resolutions to 10,000 CPRUp to 12 Pole Commutation AvailableBore Sizes to 0.375”, or 10 mmOperating Temps from -40° to +120° CSealing Up to IP64

Model 225Single Channel & QuadratureEconomical TachometerMotor FeedbackBore Sizes to 0.875”, or 22 mm

Model 25TPg 18 Ø2.5”

•••••

Replaces 2.0” to 3.5” EncodersResolutions to 10,000 CPRBore Sizes to 1.125”, or 28 mmVersatile Flexible Mounting OptionsOperating Temps from -20° to +105° C

Model 260

Pg 12 Ø2.0”

Resolutions to 10,000 CPRBore Sizes to 0.625”, or 15 mmA Variety of Flexible Mounting BracketsOperating Temps from -40° to +120° CSealing Up to IP64

Model 755A•••••

Pg 8Ø1.5”

•••••

Resolutions to 30,000 CPRBore Sizes to 0.750”, or 14 mmA Variety of Flexible Mounting BracketsOperating Temps from -40° to +100° CFrequencies to 1 MHz

Model 121

Pg 10Ø2.0”

•••••

Patented Auto Aligning Modular EncoderUp to 12 Pole Commutation AvailableBore Sizes to 0.625”, or 15 mmIdeal for higher speed motor applicationsResolutions to 2540 CPR

Models 775 & 776

Pg 20Ø4.3”

Pg 22

Slim Profile - to 1.36” Thru-BoresResolutions to 4096 CPRBore Sizes to 1.875”, or 43 mmLarge Selection of Connector OptionsOperating Temps from 0° to +100° C

Model 770•••••

Pg 24Ø6.5”

Fits NEMA Frame Size 56C Thru 184CResolutions to 4096 CPRBore Sizes to 1.00”, or 24 mmLarge Selection of Connector OptionsOperating Temps from 0° to +100° C

Pg 26 Ø9.0”

•••••

Pg 28 Pg 30

Model 771• Fits NEMA Frame Size 182TC Thru 256TC• Standard Double C-Face• Resolutions to 4096 CPR• Bore Sizes to 1.875”, or 43 mm• Optional protective cover affords IP65 Seal

Model 755A NEMANEMA 23 or 34 Motor Mount with CouplingResolutions to 30,000 CPRFrequencies to 1 MHzCoupling Sizes to 0.375”, or 6 mmOperating Temps from -40° to +100° C

Model 702•••••

Ø2.0”

2.0” Ultra-rugged, Compact EncoderResolutions to 30,000 CPRFrequencies to 1 MHzCoupling Sizes to 0.500”Operating Temps from 0° to +100° C

Stainless Steel Encoders

Ø6.5”

Pg 72 Pg 68 Ø2.0”

•••••

Pg 70Ø58 mm

Model 865T•••••

Fits NEMA Frame Size 56C Thru 184C MotorsSlim 1” Profile Housing in 316 Stainless SteelResolutions to 4096 CPRBore Sizes to 1.00”, or 24 mmSealing Up to IP66 with Optional Cover

Model 802S•••••

2.0” Industrial 316 Stainless Steel Housing80 lb. Max. Radial and Axial LoadResolutions to 30,000 CPRShaft Sizes to 0.375”, or 10 mmSealing Up to IP66

Model 858S58 mm Industrial 316 Stainless Steel Housing80 lb. Max. Radial and Axial LoadResolutions to 30,000 CPRClamping or Synchro Flange OptionsSealing Up to IP66


Incremental Shaft Encoders

Models 711, 715 & 716•••••

Pg 32 2.25”

•••••

The Original Cube EncodersSingle Channel, Quadrature and Timed PulseFive Versatile Heavy Duty Housing StylesResolutions to 10,000 CPRSingle and Double Shaft Options

Model 15S

Pg 40 Ø1.5”

•••••

Resolutions to 10,000 CPRUp to 12 Pole Commutation AvailableWide Variety of Mounting OptionsOperating Temps from -40° to +120° CSealing Up to IP64

Model 755A

Pg 44 Ø1.5”

Resolutions to 30,000 CPRFrequencies to 1 MHzA Variety of Servo and Flange MountsAvailable with In-Line M12 ConnectorsOperating Temps from -40° to +100° C

Model 725•••••

Pg 50 Ø2.5”

•••••

Industrial Isolated Flex Housing AvailableResolutions to 30,000 CPRFrequencies to 1 MHzOperating Temps from 0° to +100° CSealing Up to IP66

Model 702

Pg 46 Ø2.5”

•••••

80 lb. Max. Radial and Axial LoadResolutions to 30,000 CPRShaft Sizes to 0.375”, or 10 mmOperating Temps from 0° to +100° CSealing Up to IP66

Model 758

Pg 54 Ø58 mm

80 lb. Max. Radial and Axial LoadResolutions to 30,000 CPRClamping or Synchro Flange OptionsOperating Temps from 0° to +100° CSealing Up to IP66

Absolute Encoders

Pg 78 Ø2.0”

•••••

Pg 74

Model 960•••••

Low Profile - 1.55” Single Turn AbsoluteOpto-ASIC Circuitry in an All Metal HousingResolutions to 11 BitsBore Sizes to 0.375”, or 10 mmA Variety of Flexible Mounting Brackets

Model 925Ø2.5” Pg 76

Industrial Housed 2.5” Single Turn AbsoluteGray, Natural Binary, and Excess Gray CodesShaft Sizes to 0.375”, or 10 mmFlange and Servo MountsSealing Up to IP66

Model 958•••••

Ø58 mm

Industrial Housed European Size 58 mmGray, Natural Binary, and Excess Gray CodesShaft Sizes to 0.375”, or 10 mmClamping or Synchro Flange OptionsSealing Up to IP66

Linear Solutions Encoders

Pg 66

Model LCE•••••

Linear Cable Measurement Up to 50 InchesResolutions From 2 to 500 Cycles Per InchLow Cost Linear SolutionSealing Up to IP65Many Mounting/Cable Exit Configurations

Model TR1••

••

• Integrated Encoder and Rack and Pinion GearIntegrated Encoder and Measuring Wheel • Spring Loaded Torsion Arm Installs inSpring Loaded Torsion Arm Adjusts Wheel Vertical, Horizontal, or Upside-DownPressure for Multi Surfaces; Easy Installation OrientationResolutions to 10,000 CPR • Resolutions to 10,000 CPRSealing Up to IP65 • Sealing Up to IP65

Pg 58 Model TR2Pg 60 Pg 62

Model TR3• Integrated Heavy Duty Encoder and Measuring Wheel• Easily Installs in a Vertical, Horizontal, or Upside-Down Orientation• Resolutions to 10,000 CPR• Single or Dual Wheel


Encoder Basics

Encoders provide motion control systems information on position,count, speed and direction. As the encoder shaft rotates, output sig-nals are produced, proportional to the distance (angle) of rotation.The signal may be in the form of a square wave (for an incrementalencoder) or an absolute measure of position (for an absolute en-coder).

Due to the performance and reliability advantages of the semi-con-ductor technology they incorporate, optical encoders are the pre-ferred solution in many common computer, industrial, and automotiveapplications. Optical encoders also benefit from ease of customiza-tion, are suitable to numerous environments, and suffer no effectsfrom high levels of stray magnetic fields.

The basic construction of an incremental encoder is shown below. Abeam of light emitted from an LED passes through a transparent diskpatterned with opaque lines, and is picked up by a photo diode array.The photo diode array (called a photosensor) responds by producinga sinusoidal waveform which is transformed into a square wave, orpulse train.

Incremental encoders are available in two basic output types, singlechannel and quadrature. A single channel encoder, often called atachometer, is normally used in systems that rotate in one directiononly, and require simple position and velocity information. Quadra-ture encoders have dual channels (A and B), phased 90 electricaldegrees apart. These two output signals determine the direction orrotation by detecting the leading or lagging signal in their phase rela-tionship. Quadrature encoders provide very high speed bidirectionalinformation for very complex motion control applications.

Incremental encoders can provide a once-per-revolution pulse (oftencalled index, marker or reference) that occurs at the same mechani-cal point of encoder shaft revolution. This pulse is on a separateoutput channel (Z) from the signal channel or quadrature outputs.The index pulse is often used to position motion control applicationsto a known mechanical reference.

Resolution is a term used to describe the Cycles Per Revolution(CPR) for incremental encoders, or the total number of unique posi-tions per revolution for an absolute encoder. Each incremental en-coder had a defined number of cycles that are generated for eachfull 360 degree revolution. These cycles are monitored by a counteror motion controller and converted to counts for position or velocitycontrol. Absolute encoders generate a unique code word for everyresolvable shaft angle (often called bits or counts per revolution).


Typical Usage

Motor feedback is the most common use for rotary encoders. Inthis type of application, an encoder is either mounted directly to themotor, or indirectly using a measuring wheel or chain-and-sprocketarrangement. The parameter of interest is primarily the speed of themotor.

Web tensioning is an application in which the encoder is not usuallymounted to the drive motor, but to one of the tensioning arm rollers.Any unevenness in the speed of this roller indicates that proper webtension is not being maintained and must be adjusted. The rotatingspeed of the tensioning roller is fed back to the controller, which thenadjusts the drive motor so that web material is kept at an even ten-sion.

Registration Mark Timing uses encoders to determine the position ofa unit relative to a known point, and then to determine the unit's speedrelative to that mark. Radar antenna rotation is a good example of thistype of application.

In Backstop Gauging the encoder is used to make sure that the unit,typically a machine tool, does not exceed a preset position or directionof travel. Very often, this is combined with a determination of the speedof travel of the table, tool head, or similar component. Filling applica-tions is just one example where Table Positioning is critical since theitem being filled must arrive at filling tube at the same time the fluidcontrol is turned on.

Conveying is another common industry where encoders are widelyCut-to-Length is a very practical application of an encoder combined used. They may be attached to the motor, to intermediate axle shafts,with simple mathematics. If, for example, a system were to be de- or to both. Encoders are an especially effective feedback device wheresigned with a roller that is exactly one foot in circumference, the roller the positioning and/or speedwould feed one foot of of multi-element conveyingControllermaterial for every revo- Received pulses from encoder indicatingsystems must be carefully distance of material traveled. A signal islution of the roller. An coordinated.sent to the cutting assembly, actuating theencoder mounted to the blade, each time the correct amount of

material passesroller would reflect thisSpooling (sometimes re-situation and could tellferred to as Level Wind) is Encoder (with measuring wheel)another application wherea controller how much Movement of material under the measur-

encoders can prove invalu-material had been feding wheel causes the encoder shaft to

Cutting Assemblyrotate, sending pulses to the controllerthrough the roller. Theable. Not only is it necessary Receives signal from controller indicat-

resolution of the encod-that the speed of the supplying the timing to initiate a cut to create

material in the proper lengther would also directlyand take-up reels be kept in proper relation to each other,reflect the accuracy of but the amount of materialthe cut. In the above being spooled must also of-example, 96 PPR wouldyield cuts to an 1/8" ac-ten be tracked.curacy. Electronics is just one industry that widely uses encodersElevators are just one in Pick and Place applica-example where encod-ers can perform a dual role. They can determine the position of the tions. Here many of the capabilities of encoders (rate, position, speed,elevator through a mathematical calculation similar to the above, and velocity) can often be found combined in a single system.they can determine the speed of travel of the elevator.


Model 15T Thru-BoreModel 15H Hollow Bore

Features•••••

Very High Performance Economical EncoderLow Profile 1.0" (25.4 mm) Height and 1.5" (38 mm) DiameterThru-Bore (sizes up to 0.375" or 10 mm)Simple, Innovative Flex Mounting System (Global Mounting Standards)Up To 12 Pole Commutation Optional (for brushless motor control) Incremental

Thru-Bore& Motor Mount Encoders

The Model 15T or 15H offers a high performance feedback solution in a low profilepackage. Unlike modular or kit encoders, the Model 15 utilizes an integral bearingset, and an innovative flexible mounting system which is much more tolerant to axialmisalignment or radial shaft run-out. The slotted flex mounts provide 20 or 30 degreesof rotational adjustment for commutation or index pulse timing. Installation is quickand easy! For brushless servo motor applications, three 120° electrical phase trackscan provide up to 12 pole commutation feedback. The optional 100° C and 120°C temperature options allow servo motors to operate at higher power outputs andduty cycles. The Model 15 provides stable and reliable operation and is an excellentreplacement for other manufacturers modular encoders where a high performancesolution is desired.

Ø1.5"

Model 15T/H Ordering Guide

Mechanical Electrical

Common ApplicationsServo Motor Control, Robotics, Specialty Assembly Machines, DigitalPlotters, High Power Motors

Optional Features

Blue type indicates price adder options. Not all configuration combinations may be available. Contact Customer Service for details.

Leave Blank For Standard Options-20o to +85oC StdIP50 Std

None Std

15T 01

BORE SIZE 115 3/16", 0.1875"01 1/4", 0.250"03 5/16", 0.3125"02 3/8", 0.375"08 4 mm06 5 mm04 6 mm14 8 mm05 10 mm

SF 0500

CYCLES PER REVOLUTIONSee CPR Options below Price adder for CPR>1999

N 5

INPUT VOLTAGE5 5 VDCV1 5 to 28 VDC

A OC F00

CONNECTOR TYPEF00 18" Cable 4 (Std)F01 12" CableF02 24" CableF03 36" CableM00 2M Cable 5j00 18" Cable with 5-pin M12 8K00 18" Cable with 8-pin M12 8

OPERATING TEMPERATURE -20° to +85° C (Std)T1 -40° to +85° CT2 -20° to +100° CT3 -20° to +120° C 10

CERTIFICATION None (Std)CE CE Marked 6

SFSASBSCSD

MOUNTING1.812" (46 mm) Slotted Flex-Mount1.812" (46 mm) Two Hole Flex Mount1.142" (29 mm) Slotted Flex Mount 71.2795" (32.5 mm) Slotted Flex Mount71.575" (40 mm) Slotted Flex Mount7

COMMUTATION 2N No CommutationA 4 PoleB 6 PoleC 8 PoleE 10 PoleD 12 Pole

NUMBER OF CHANNELS3

A Channel A

Channel A Leads BQ Quadrature A & BR Quadrature A & B with Index

Channel B Leads A11

K Reverse Quadrature A & BD Reverse Quadrature A & B with Index

OUTPUT TYPEOC Open CollectorPP Push-PullHV Line DriverPU Pull-Up Resistor 9OD Open Collector with Differential OutputsAvailable on specialrequest. Additionallead times may apply:

LO Line Driver on ABZ, Open Collector on UVW9

MAXIMUM FREQUENCY StandardF3 ExtendedSee Specifications

SEALING IP50 (Std)S1 IP64 for Thru-Bore & Blind Hollow Bore

MODEL15T Thru-Bore15H Hollow Bore

For specification assistance callCustomer Service at 1-800-366-5412

Model 15T/H CPR Options

0001 thru 0189*02560300050005120800100012501500+250025404096+5000+ +10,000

019803150580102418003000+6000+

02000360060011252000+3600+7200

025004000750120020484000+8192+

+Not available in 12V option

New CPR values are periodically added to those listed. ContactCustomer Service to determine all currently available values. Specialdisk resolutions are available upon request and may be subject to aone-time NRE fee.

NOTES:1 Contact Customer Service for additional options not shown.2 Not available in all configurations, and not available with V1 Input Voltage. Contact Customer Service for availability.3 Contact Customer Service for non-standard index gating or phase relationship options.4 For non-standard English cable lengths enter ‘F’ plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: F06 = 6 feet of cable. Frequency above 300 kHz standard cable lengths only.5 For non-standard metric cable lengths enter ‘M’ plus cable length expressed in meters. Example: M06 = 6 meters of cable.6 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com.7 This mount requires button head screws and a modified Hex wrench. Order appropriate Installation Kit listed under Specifications.8Not available with commutation. 5-pin not available with Line Driver (HV, OD, LO) outputs. Additional cable lengths available. Please consult Customer Service.9With Input Voltage above 16 VDC, operating temperature is limited to 85o C.10 Only available with 5 VDC Input Voltage.11 Reverse Quadrature not available with PU output type.

April 20106


Model 15T Thru-BoreModel 15H Hollow Bore

Model 15T/H Specifications

Electrical Input Voltage ............5 VDC +10% Fixed Voltage 4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 85° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 85° to 100° C Input Current .............100 mA max (65 mA typical) with no output load Output Format ..........Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the encoder mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams. Output Types .............Open Collector- 20 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Pull-Up- Open collector with 2.2K ohm Pull- Up 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply) Index ....................... Once per revolution. 190 to 10,000 CPR: Gated to output A 1 to 189 CPR: Ungated See Waveform Diagrams. Max. Frequency ...... Standard Frequency Response is 200 kHz for CPR 1 to 2540 500 kHz for CPR 2541 to 5000 1 MHz for CPR 5001 to 10,000 Extended Frequency Response (optional) is 300 kHz for CPR 2000, 2048, 2500, and 2540 Noise Immunity .........Tested to BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2; BS EN61000-4-2; BS EN61000-4-3; BS EN61000-4-6; BS EN500811 Symmetry ..................180° (±18°) electrical Quad. Phasing ..........90° (±22.5°) electrical Min. Edge Sep ..........67.5° electrical Accuracy....................Within 0.017° mechanical or 1 arc-minute from true position. (for CPR>189) Commutation .............Up to 12 pole. Contact Customer Service for availability. Comm. Accuracy.......1° mechanical

Mechanical Max Shaft Speed ......8000 RPM. Higher speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service. Bore Size ...................0.1875" through 0.375", 5 mm through 10 mm Bore Tolerance ..........-0.0000" / +0.0006" User Shaft Tolerances Radial Runout........0.008" max Axial Endplay .........±0.030" max Starting Torque ..........IP50 Hollow Bore: 0.2 oz-in IP50 Thru-Bore: 0.3 oz-in IP64: 0.6 oz-in Moment of Inertia ......6.7 x 10 -5 oz-in-sec 2 (4.8 gm-cm 2) Max Acceleration.......1 x 10 5 rad/sec 2 Electrical Conn .........18" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors non-commutated, 28 AWG commutated), 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm) in-line connector with 18" cable (braid shield) Mounting....................1.812" (46 mm) Slotted Flex mount 1.812" (46 mm) Two Hole Flex Mount 1.142" (29 mm) Slotted Flex Mount 1.2795" (32.5 mm ) Slotted Flex Mount 1.575" (40 mm ) Slotted Flex Mount (See mechanical drawings for dimensions) Weight .......................3 oz typical

Environmental Operating Temp.........-20° to +85° C standard models -40° to +85° C for low temperature option -20° to +100° C for high temperature option -20° to +120° C for extreme temperature option Storage Temp ............-25° to +85° C Humidity.....................98% RH non-condensing Vibration ....................10 g @ 58 to 500 Hz Shock.........................80 g @ 11 ms duration Sealing.......................IP50 standard; IP64 available

Model 15T/H 1.811" (46 mm ) Slotted Flex Mount (SF)

Model 15T/H 1.811" (46 mm) Two Hole Flex Mount (SA)

Model 15T/H Small Diameter Slotted Flex Mounts

1.142" (29 mm): SB* 1.2795" (32.5 mm): SC* 1.575" (40 mm): SD*

Encoder Length and Diameter are the same as SF and SA mounts detailed aboveAll dimensions are in inches with a tolerance of +0.005" or +0.01" unless otherwise specifiedMetric dimensions are given in brackets [mm]

* Order Appropriate No Charge Mounting and Installation Kit for SB, SC, or SD Option

176150-01 Installation Kit, 4-40 Buttonhead Screws with 0.062" Shortened Hex Wrench176149-01 Installation Kit, M 2.5 Buttonhead Screws with 1.5 mm Shortened Hex Wrench

REVISIONS

LTR

-

Each kit contains 10 screws for mounting 5 encoders

DESCRIPTION

INITIAL RELEASE

DATE“SB" Slotted Flex Mount

Waveform Diagrams

INCREMENTAL SIGNALS

OUTPUT A

OUTPUT A

Wiring Table

5-pin 8-pin 10-pinCableFunction Wire Color M122 M122 Bayonet3

OUTPUT B

OUTPUT B

gated to A = 180°ungated approx. = 270°

INDEX Z

INDEX Z gated to A = 180°ungated approx. = 270°

COMMUTATION SIGNALS

OUTPUT U

OUTPUT U

120°

Note: Rising edge ofChan. U occurs within±1° mechanicalto center of Index Z.

OUTPUT V

OUTPUT V

120°

OUTPUT W

Com+ VDC A A' B B' Z Z' U U' V V' W W'Shield

Black White Brown Yellow Red Green Orange Blue Violet Gray Pink TanRed/GreenRed/Yellow Bare1

314--2--5----------------

72134568--------------

FDAHBJCK--------------

1CE Option: Cableshield (bare wire)is connectedto internal case.

2Non-CE Option:Cable shield isconnected to M12connector body.CE Option: Cableshield and M12connector body isconnected to internalcase.

CE Option: Pin G isconnected to internalcase.

3

OUTPUT W

CLOCKWISE

15wave

ROTATION

NOTE: ALL DEGREE REFERENCES ARE ELECTRICAL DEGREES

ISSUE DATE

04/22/04TOLERANCE

DECIMAL

+-

E

INITIAL

PC

DATE

ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANYNAME AND TITLE


REV.

NEXT ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLY

.005 DR SKW 7/24/03

CKDWG NUMBER

DECIMAL

LINE DRIVER AND COMM. OUTPUT WAVEFORM

Incremental Thru-Bore& Motor Mount Encoders

7

Model 755A Hollow Bore


Miniature Size (1.5" Diameter)Up to 30,000 Cycles Per RevolutionFlex MountingLarge Hollow Bore Option (up to 0.750")High Temperature Option


The Model 755A Size 15 Accu-CoderTM is ideal for applications requiring a small, highprecision, high performance encoder. Approximately 1.5" in diameter and 1.5" long, it willfit where many encoders cannot. All metal construction and shielded ball bearings providesyears of trouble-free use. A variety of blind hollow bore sizes are available. Large boresallow for shafts up to 0.750" or 14 mm. Attaching directly to a motor is quick and simplewith the innovative flex mount, first developed by EPC. This industry standard mounteliminates couplings, increases reliability, while reducing overall length and cost. Wherecritical alignment is required, a Slotted Flex (SF) is available. A perfect replacementencoder where high reliability is required.

Ø1.5"

Model 755A Ordering Guide

755A

MODEL755A Model 755A

Common ApplicationsRobotics, Assembly Machines, Motor-Mounted Feedback, Phototypesetters,Printers & Digital Plotters, Elevator Controls, Medical Diagnostic Equipment


01 S 1000

CYCLES PER REVOLUTION 1-30,000 See CPR Options below for available resolutions. Price adder for CPR >1270

R HV

OUTPUT TYPE

5 - 28V In/Out 4 OC Open Collector PU Pull-Up Resistor PP Push-Pull HV Line Driver

8 - 28V In/5V Out 5,9

H5 Line DriverP5 Push-Pull

1 S S CE

CERTIFICATIONN NoneCE CE Marked 8


OPERATING TEMPERATUREL -40° to 70° CS 0° to 70° CH 0° to 100° C 2

NUMBER OF CHANNELS3

A Channel A


Channel B Leads AK Reverse Quadrature A & BD Reverse Quadrature A & B with Index

15010302101117

BORE SIZES 13/16", 0.1875" 16 181/4", 0.250"5/16", 0.3125" 04 143/8", 0.375" 051/2", 0.500" 125/8", 0.625" 133/4", 0.750"

4 mm5 mm6 mm8 mm10 mm12 mm14 mm

12534

MAXIMUM FREQUENCYStandard 100 kHz200 kHz250 kHz, >3000 CPR500 kHz, >6000 CPR 61 MHz, >10,000 CPR 6

SC01C02j00K00

CONNECTOR TYPEStandard 18" Cable 78-pin MolexTerminal Block18" Cable with 5-pin M12 10

18" Cable with 8-pin M12 10

For enhanced connectivity, available with an M12 in-line connector

MOUNTINGS Standard Flex MountSF Slotted Flex Mount

Model 755A CPR Options

0001*0012*0033*0064*0200050008891270a2880a9000a20,480a

0002*0014*0034*01000240*05120900*14403000a10,000a25,000a

0004*00200035*012002500600100015003600a10,240a30,000a

0005*0021*0038*01250254*0625*102418004000a12,000a

0006*0024*0040*0128*0256*0635120020004096a12,500a

0007*0025*0042*0144*03000665*1201*a20485000a14,400a

0008*0028*0045*0150*0333*07201203*a2400a6000a15,000a

0010*0030*0050*0160*03600768*1204*a25007200a18,000a

0011*0032*00600192*040008001250a2540a7500a20,000a

NOTES:1 Contact Customer Service for additional options.2 0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options.3 Contact Customer Service for index gating options.4 24 VDC max for high temperature option.5 Standard temperature, 60 to 3000 CPR only.6 Standard cable lengths only. For details, please refer to Technical Bulletin TB116: Noise and Signal Considerations at www.encoder.com.7 For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: S/6 = 6 feet of cable.8 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option.9 H5 and P5 outputs are not available with CE option.10 5-pin not available with Line Driver (HV, H5) outputs. Additional cable lengths available. Please consult Customer Service.

* Contact Customer Service for High Temperature Option.a High Temperature Option (H) limited to 85° C maximum for these CPR options.

New CPR values are periodically added to those listed. Contact Customer Service to determine allcurrently available CPR values. Special disk resolutions are available upon request.A one-time NRE fee may apply.

8 1-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected] April 2010

Model 755A Hollow Bore

Model 755A Specifications Model 755A Flex Mount (S)Electrical Input Voltage.............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 70° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 70° C to 100° C Input Current.............100 mA max with no output load Input Ripple ..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHz Output Format ..........Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the encoder mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams below. Output Types..............Open Collector- 100 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 100 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply) Index .........................Occurs once per revolution. The index for units >3000 CPR is 90° gated to Outputs A and B. See Waveform Diagrams below. Max Frequency.........Up to 1 MHz Noise Immunity.........Tested to BS EN61000-4-2; IEC801-3; BS EN61000-4-4; DDENV 50141; DDENV 50204; BS EN55022 (with European compliance option); BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2 Symmetry .................1 to 6000 CPR: 180° (±18°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 180° (±36°) electrical Quad Phasing...........1 to 6000 CPR: 90° (±22.5°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 90° (±36°) Min Edge Sep...........1 to 6000 CPR: 67.5° electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 54° electrical >20,480 CPR: 50° electrical Rise Time..................Less than 1 microsecond Accuracy ...................Instrument and Quadrature Error: For 200 to 1999 CPR, 0.017° mechanical (1.0 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. For 2000 to 3000 CPR, 0.01° mechanical (0.6 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. Interpolation error (units > 3000 CPR only) within 0.005° mechanical. (Total Optical Encoder Error = Instrument + Quadrature + Interpolation)Mechanical Max Shaft Speed......7500 RPM. Higher shaft speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service. Bore Size ..................0.1875", 0.250", 0.3125", 0.375", 0.500", 0.625", 0.750", 4 mm, 5 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm, 12 mm, 14 mm Bore Tolerance .........-0.0000" / +0.0006" User Shaft Tolerances Radial Runout .......0.007" max Axial End Play.......±0.030" max Starting Torque .........0.14 oz-in typical 4.0 oz-in typical for -40° C operation Moment of Inertia .....2.8 x 10 -4 oz-in-sec 2 Max Acceleration ......1 x 10 5 rad/sec 2 Electrical Conn .........18" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors), 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm) in-line connector with 18" cable (braid shield), 8-pin Molex, Terminal Block Housing.....................Black non-corrosive finish Bearings....................Precision ABEC ball bearings Mounting ...................Flex, and Slotted Flex Mounting Weight.......................3.50 oz typical

Optional SlottedFlex Mount (SF)

Model 755A Large Bore Flex Mount (S)

All dimensions are in inches with a tolerance of +0.005" or +0.01" unless otherwise specifiedMetric dimensions are given in brackets [mm]

Waveform DiagramsLine Driver and Push-Pull

Wiring Table

Cable Terminal 8-pin 5-pinFunction Wire Color Block Molex M122

723BlackCom + VDCWhite118 ABrown814 -----7A'2Yellow BRed342 B'Green34-----

8-pinM122

7 2

1

345

6 8-----Environmental

Operating Temp ........0° to 70° C for standard models -40° to 70° C for low temperature option 0° to 100° C for high temperature option (0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options.) Storage Temp ...........-25° to +85° C Humidity ....................98% RH non-condensing Vibration....................10 g @ 58 to 500 Hz Shock ........................50 g @ 11 ms duration


NOTE: PUSH-PULL OUTPUT DOES NOT INCLUDE COMPLIMENTARY CHANNELS

1

Z Z'Shield

2

Orange BlueBare1

6 5-----

6 5-----

5----------

Open Collector and Pull-UpCE Option: Cable shield (bare wire) is connected to internal caseCE Option: Read Technical Bulletin TB111



9

Model 121

••••••

FeaturesSimple, Hassle Free MountingAccepts Larger Shafts up to 5/8" (or 15 mm)Up to 12 Pole Commutation Available0° to 100° C Operating Temperature AvailablePatented DesignIncludes New IP50 Dust Seal Kit


Patent #6,608,300B2

Ø2.1"

AT LAST! A reliable modular encoder that requires no calibration, gapping, or specialtools to install! EPC has taken the performance of modular encoders to a new levelwith the Model 121 Auto-Aligning Modular Encoder. This new and innovative designprovides simple, reliable, hassle free installation. Simply tighten the shaft clamp, installthe mounting screws, and you’re done!The Model 121 incorporates the latest Optical ASIC technology for greatly enhancedperformance. Common problems with other modular encoder designs are warping anddeflection, caused by their extensive use of plastic, both of which are virtually eliminatedby the Model 121’s all metal construction. For brushless servo motor applications, theModel 121 can be specified with three commutation tracks to provide motor feedback.The optional 100° C temperature capability allows servo motors to operate at higherpower outputs and duty cycles.

Common Applications

Model 121 Ordering Guide

Servo Motor Control, Robotics, Specialty Assembly Machines, DigitalPlotters, High Power Motors


121

MODEL121 Auto-Aligning Modular Thru-Bore

N A 5

INPUT VOLTAGE5 5 VDC12 12 VDC

01 S 0256

CYCLES PER REVOLUTIONSee CPR Options belowPrice adder >1999

Q OC 1

MAXIMUMFREQUENCY1 100 kHz2 200 kHz3 300 kHz 3

S N


COMMUTATION 1N No CommutationC4 4 PoleC6 6 PoleC8 8 PoleC12 12 Pole

MOUNTING & HOUSING STYLEA Mounting Style A

BORE SIZE 201 1/4", 0.250"03 5/16", 0.3125"02 3/8", 0.375"10 1/2", 0.500"11 5/8", 0.625"06 5 mm04 6 mm14 8 mm05 10 mm12 12 mm13 14 mm15 15 mm

OUTPUT TYPEOC Open CollectorPP Push-PullHV Line Driver

NUMBER OF CHANNELS4

OPERATINGTEMPERATURES 0° to 70° CH 0° to 100° C



See http://www.encoder.com/literature/index-phasing.pdf foradditional options, and waveforms.

CONNECTOR TYPES 18" Cable 5


Model 121 CPR Options020005121200

025006001250

0254 0256 0300 0360 05000720 0800 0840 1000 10241800* 2000* 2048* 2500* 2540*

*Contact Customer service for application analysisNew CPR values are periodically added to those listed. ContactCustomer Service to determine all currently available values.Special disk resolutions are available upon request and may besubject to a one-time NRE fee.

NOTES:1 Not available in all configurations. Contact Customer Service for availability.2 Contact Customer Service for additional options not shown.3 Standard 0° to 70° C operating temperature only.4 Contact Customer Service for non-standard index gating options.5 For Non-Standard Cable Lengths add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: S/6 = 6 feet of cable.6 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com.

101-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected] April 2010

Model 121

Model 121 Specifications

Electrical

Input Voltage.............5 VDC +10% Fixed Voltage 12 VDC +10% Fixed VoltageInput Current.............100 mA maximum with no output loadOutput Format ..........Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the mounting face. Index optionalOutput Types ............Open Collector- 20 mA per channel max Push-Pull- 20 mA per channel max Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply)Index .........................Once per revolution gated to channel A. Contact Customer Service for additional gating options.Max Frequency.........100 kHz standard, 200 kHz, and 300 kHz optionalSymmetry .................180° (±18°) electrical at 100 kHzQuad. Phasing..........90° (±22.5°) electrical at 100 kHzMin. Edge Sep..........67.5° electrical at 100 kHzAccuracy ...................Within 0.1° mechanical from one cycle to any other cycle, or 6 arc minutesCommutation ............Optional- three 120° electrical phase tracks for commutation feedback. (4, 6, 8, or 12 poles. Others available upon request)Comm. Accuracy ......1° mechanical

Model 121 Auto-Aligning Modular (A)

All dimensions are in inches with a tolerance of +0.005" or +0.01" unless otherwise specified Metric dimensions are given in brackets [mm]

Mechanical

Max. Shaft Speed.....Determined by maximum frequency responseBore Size ..................0.250" through 0.625" 5 mm through 15 mmBore Tolerance .........+0.0007" (max) -0.0000" (Based on H7 bore fit for g6 shaft Class LC5 per ANSI B-4.1 standard)User Shaft Tolerance Radial Runout .......0.002" max Axial End Play.......±0.015" for CPR <= 512 ±0.010" for CPR 513 to 1250 ±0.005" for CPR > 1250Moment of Inertia .....2.5 x 10 -4 oz-in-sec 2Max. Acceleration .....5 x 10 5 rad/sec 2Electrical Conn .........18" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors non-commutated, 28 AWG commutated)Housing.....................All Metal Aluminum and Zinc AlloyMounting ...................Two screws on a 1.812" Dia. B.C. (4-40 or M3 maximum screw size)Weight.......................4 oz typical

Operating Temp ........0° to 70° C for standard models 0° to 100° C for high temperature optionStorage Temp ...........-25° to +100° CHumidity ....................98% RH non-condensingVibration....................10 g @ 58 to 500 HzShock ........................50 g @ 11 ms duration

Waveform Diagrams Wiring Table

CableFunction Wire Color ComBlack White+ VDC ABrown YellowA' RedB GreenB' ZOrange Z'Blue UViolet U'Gray VPink TanV' Red/GreenW Red/YellowW' ShieldBare **CE Option: Cable shield(bare wire) is connected tointernal case

Environmental



11

Model 260

Features••••••

Low Profile 1.19"Up to 12 Pole CommutationThru-Bore and Hollow Bore (Blind) StylesSimple, Innovative Flexible Mounting SystemIncorporates Opto-ASIC TechnologyCE marking available

12 nal MOptiot!Moun Body

Incremental Thru-Bore& Motor Mount Encoders The Model 260’s larger bore (up to 0.625") and low profile make it the perfect solution for

many machine and motor applications. Available in two distinct formats - a Hollow Boreand a complete Thru-Bore - the Model 260 uses EPC’s pioneering Opto-ASIC design. TheModel 260 uses EPC’s innovative anti-backlash mounting system, allowing simple, reliable,and precise encoder attachment. Unlike traditional kit or modular encoder designs, itsintegral bearing set provides stable and consistent operation without concerns for axial orradial shaft runout. For brushless servo motor applications, the Model 260 can be specifiedwith three 120° electrical phase tracks to provide up to 12 pole commutation feedback. Theoptional extended temperature capability allows servo motors to operate at higher poweroutputs and duty cycles.

Ø2.0"


260

MODEL260 Ultra VersatileCommutated Thru-Bore

Common ApplicationsBrushless Servo Motor Commutation, Robotics, Motor-Mounted Feedback,Assembly Machines, Digital Plotters, High Power Motors


N T 01

BORE SIZE 101 1/4", 0.250"02 3/8", 0.375"10 1/2", 0.500"11 5/8", 0.625"06 5 mm04 6 mm14 8 mm05 10 mm09 11 mm12 12 mm13 14 mm15 15 mm

S 0256 Q OC


1 S

CONNECTOR TYPES 18" Cable 5j00 18" Cable with 5-pin M127

K00 18" Cable with 8-pin M12 7SMj 5-pin Body Mount M12 7SMK 8-pin Body Mount M12 7SMH 10-pin Body8

Mount Bayonet

SF 1 N


CYCLES PER REVOLUTION 1-10,000 See CPR Options below Price adder >1999

COMMUTATION 2N No CommutationC4 4 PoleC6 6 PoleC8 8 PoleC10 10 PoleC12 12 Pole

NUMBER OF CHANNELS4




1234

SEALINGIP50 for Thru-BoreIP64 for Thru-BoreIP64 for Hollow BoreIP50 for Hollow Bore

HOUSING STYLEB Hollow Bore (Blind)T Front Clamp Thru-BoreR Rear Clamp Thru-Bore


Model 260 CPR Options0001 thru 0189* 02000360 0400* 05000840 1000 10241500 1800* 20003600* 4000 409610,000

02500512120020485000

02540600122025006000

02560720125025408192

OPERATINGTEMPERATURE 3L -40° to 70° CS 0° to 70° CH 0° to 100° CV 0° to 120° C

MAXIMUM FREQUENCY1 Standard2 ExtendedSee specificationsfor explanation.

SDSFSLXFNFFAFB

MOUNTING1.575" (40 mm) BC Flex Mount1.811" (46 mm) BC Flex Mount2.36" (60 mm) BC Flex Mount2.250" BC 3-point Flex Mount2.375" BC 3-point Flex Mount1.06" to 1.81" BC Flex Arm1.50" to 3.13" BC Flex Arm

03000800127030007200*

*Contact Customer service for availability

Contact Customer Service for other disk resolutions; not all diskresolutions available with every commutation option.

NOTES:1 Contact Customer Service for additional options not shown.2 Not available in all configurations. Contact Customer Service for availability.3 5 to16 VDC supply only for H option; 5 VDC supply only for V option. Contact Customer Service for availability and additional information.4 Contact Customer Service for non-standard index gating options.5 For non-standard cable lengths add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: S/6 = 6 feet of cable. Frequency above 300 kHz standard cable lengths only.6 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com.7 Not available with commutation or extreme temperature (V) option. 5-pin not available with Line Driver (HV) output. Additional cable lengths available. Please consult Customer Service.8 Not available with commutation.

12 1-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected] January 2011

Model 260

Model 260 SpecificationsElectrical Input Voltage.............4.75 to 28 VDC for temperatures up to 70° C 5 to 16 VDC for 0° to 100° C operating temperature 5 VDC for 0° to 120° C operating temperature Input Current.............100 mA max with no output load Output Format ..........Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams. Output Types ............Open Collector- 20 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply) 6Index .........................Once per revolution gated to channel A. See 5 Waveform Diagrams. Max. Frequency........Standard Frequency Response is 200 kHz for CPR 1 to 2540 500 kHz for CPR 2541 to 5000 1 MHz for CPR 5001 to 10,000 Extended Frequency Response (optional) is 300 kHz for CPR 2000, 2048, 2500, and 2540 Noise Immunity.........Tested to BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2; BS EN61000-4-2; BS EN61000-4-3; BS EN61000-4-6, BS EN55011 Symmetry .................180° (±18°) electrical Quad. Phasing..........90° (±22.5°) electrical Min. Edge Sep..........67.5° electrical Accuracy ...................Within 0.01° mechanical from one cycle to any other cycle, or 0.6 arc minutes. Commutation ............Up to 12-pole. Contact Customer Service for availability. Comm. Accuracy ......1° mechanicalMechanical Max Shaft Speed......7500 RPM. Higher shaft speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service. Note: For extreme temperature operation, de-rate temperature by 5° C for every 1000 RPM above 3000 RPM Bore Size ..................0.250" through 0.625" 5 mm through 15 mm Bore Tolerance .........-0.0000" / +0.0006" User Shaft Tolerances Radial Runout ......0.007" max Axial Endplay ........±0.030" max Starting Torque .........IP50 Thru-Bore: 0.50 oz-in8

IP50 Hollow Bore: 0.30 oz-in IP64 Thru-Bore: 2.50 oz-in IP64 Hollow Bore: 2.0 oz-in Note: Add 3.0 oz-in D -40° C operationfor Moment of Inertia .....3.9 X 10 -4 oz-in-sec 2 Max Acceleration ......1 X 10 5 rad/sec 2 Electrical Conn .........18" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors non-commutated, 28 AWG commutated), 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm) in-line connector with 18" cable (foil and braid shield), 5- or 8-pin M12 body mount, 10-pin C

Bayonet Housing.....................Black non-corrosive finish Mounting ...................Slotted Flex Mount standard, additional flex mount options available (see Ordering Guide) Weight.......................3.5 oz typicalEnvironmental Operating Temp ........0° to 70° C for standard models B-40° to 70° C for low temperature option 0° to 100°C for high temperature option 0° to 120° C for extreme temperature option Storage Temp ...........-40° to +100° C Humidity ....................98% RH non-condensing Vibration....................10 g @ 58 to 500 Hz Shock ........................50 g @ 11 ms duration Sealing ......................IP50; IP64 available

A

Model 260 With Front Shaft Clamp (T)With 1.811" (46 mm) BC Slotted Flex (SF)

7 4 3

REV.

2

-- INITIAL RELEASEModel 260 Rear Clamp (R)DESCRIPTION

With 1.811" (46 mm) BC Slotted Flex (SF)

Body Mount M12 (SMJ, SMK)

1.00 1.87

1.00

7 6 5 4 3

REV.

2REVISIONS

DESCRIPTION

1

DATE

-- INITIAL RELEASE PER ECO 05836 09/17/09

1.32260M12

Body Mount 10-pin Bayonet (SMH)

1.002.07

1.00

D

C

B

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION

All dimensions are in inches with a tolerance of +0.005" or +0.01" unless otherwise specifiedTHIRD ANGLE PROJECTION

APPROVALS

DRAWN

DATE

DATE

ADIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES

ISSUE DATE:

3/3/06www.encoder.comTRHNAME AND TITLE

1-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected] NO.DWG.DIMENSIONS ARE3/27/06 IN INCHES

09/17/09

ISSUE DATE:TOLERANCESTM

CHECKED

RESP ENG

MFG ENG

APPROVALSDRAWN

CHECKED TITLENAME AND

260 WITH SMH BODY MOUNT BAYONET09/14/09

NEXTNEXT ASSEM.ASSEM.

PREV. ASSEM.

TOLERANCES

PREV. ASSEM.PART NUMBER

7 6 5 4PART NUMBER

3

-+ .005

-+ .01ANGULAR-+ 1DECIMAL

DECIMAL

QUAL ENG

ANGULAR

+-DECIMAL

+-

DECIMAL.005

.01 2

RESP ENGDWG. NO.

MFG ENGSCALE:

260-BAYOB

REV.

--

1NONE DWG. SIZE:SHEET

1 OF

1


REVISIONS

260 W/ BODY

13260M

Model 260

Three Point Flex Mount (XF, NF)

4-40 OR 6-32MOUNTING SCREWS3x 120°Ø2.250" ORØ2.375" B.C.

REVISIONSLTR

-AB

INITIAL RELEASEECO 01335ECO 02528GMA

DESCRIPTION CHKDATE APPR DATE


14

0.05

0.30

1.05

1.27

BLIND BOREDEPTH

30° 260NF-XFCAT1B

REVISIONS

LTR- INITIAL RELEASE

DESCRIPTON CHKDATE APPR DATE

FLEX MOUNT WITH30° ROTATIONALADJUSTMENT

1.575" (40 mm) BC Flex Mount (SD)

Ø0.218USE 4-40 OR M2.5BUTTONHEAD SCREWS

ISSUE DATE

Ø1.57510/4/01TOLERANCE

DECIMAL

+-

DECIMAL

+-

DR

CK

QC

EP

C

DATENEXT[40.00]ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLY

ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANYREVISIONS

NAME AND LTRTITLEINITIAL

GDB 10/4/01

DWG NUMBER

CD

ECO 01472

ECO FOR02528

DESCRIPTION3 POINT FLEX MOUNT MODEL 260GMA

DATE

MFG0.07PART NUMBER ANGULAR20°+- .1°DWGPRJ ENG1.00 BLIND ROTATIONAL ADJUSTMENTBORE DEPTH1.19260-sdflex

260NF-XFCAT1SIZE B SCALE NONE SHEET

B1 1OF

REV.

03/08/06

1.06" to 1.81" Flex Arm (FA)

ISSUE DATE

0.73

0.10

03/06/06TOLERANCE

DECIMAL

+-

NEXT ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLY

.005

.01

.1°

1.06 INITIAL DATE NAME AND TITLE

DR

DECIMAL

+-

CK

QC

1.81SBR 3/3/06 260 W/ 40mm FLEX MOUNT

DWG NUMBER

1.00 BLINDPART NUMBERBORE DEPTH1.19

ANGULAR

+-

MFG

PRJ ENG DWG SIZE

260-SDFLEXBNONE SCALE SHEET

-1 1OF

REV.

260CAT-ARMD

0.220.78

1.50" to 3.13" Flex Arm (FB)

ISSUE DATE

5/29/97TOLERANCE

DECIMAL

+-

E

INITIAL

DR

CK

QC

MFG

PC

DATE

ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANYNAME AND TITLENEXT ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLY

.005

.01

.1°

GDB 1/5/99

DWG NUMBER

260 W/ FLEX ARMDECIMAL

+-

PART NUMBERANGULAR

+-PRJ ENG DWG SIZE

260CAT-ARMBNONE SCALE SHEET

D1 1OF

REV.

All dimensions are in inches with a tolerance of +0.005" or +0.01" unless otherwise specified

1-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected] January 2011

2.36" (60 mm) BC Flex Mount (SL)

USE 4-40 OR M2.5BUTTONHEAD SCREWS

2.362 60MOUNTING

.0321.00 BLINDBORE DEPTH 1.18

30° ADJUSTMENTROTATIONAL ADJUSTMNET

260-slflex


Waveform Diagrams

Com+ VDC A A' B B' Z Z' U U' V V' W W'Shield

Wiring Table

5-pin 8-pin 10-pinCableFunction Wire Color M122 M122 Bayonet3

Black White Brown Yellow Red Green Orange Blue Violet Gray Pink TanRed/GreenRed/Yellow Bare1

314--2--5----------------

72134568--------------

FDAHBJCK--------------

1CE Option: Cableshield (bare wire)is connectedto internal case.

2Non-CE Option:Cable shield isconnected to M12connector body.CE Option: Cableshield and M12connector body isconnected to internalcase.

CE Option: Pin G isconnected to internalcase.

3

Connector Pin-Outs0.815 MAX HEIGHT

0.815 MAX HEIGHT

2 1

4

12 873 45 6

REVISIONS2

3

0.520 MAX HEIGHT

35

LTRDESCRIPTION ECO #05437GMAF G ECO #058400.520 MAX GMA

JPH ECO #06010HEIGHT

5-pin M12

8-pin M12

1 9 80.550 MAX 72HEIGHT 10 P 12

0.285 MAX HEIGHT

HA BG KJ C DF E

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9

1

2

9 8

7

3

10 P 12

3 114

5

6

HA BG KJ C DF E

114

6

5

12-pin10-pinBayonet

12-pin10-pinBayonet

9-pinD-SUB

0.850 MAX

0.850 MAX PIN 11-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com 0.680 MAX• [email protected] HEIGHT


5- M

0.8 HEI0.675

15HEIG

Model 225

Features••••

Single Channel & Quadrature ModelsEasy To Mount Economical Thru-Bore DesignMetal ConstructionBore Sizes To 0.875" or 22 mm Incremental


Controlling motor speed is essential for many production assembly machines or roboticequipment. For tachometer feedback, or motor speed control applications, the Model 225Accu-Coder™ is the ideal encoder choice. The Model 225 Accu-Coder™ is a Thru-Boreencoder available in both single channel (225A) and quadrature (225Q) models. Providinga cost effective solution for simple measurement. Features including an all metal housing,a variety of connector options, and easy installation due to the Thru-Bore design, makethe Model 225 Accu-Coder™ ideal for many motion control and manufacturingapplications.

Common Applications

Ø2.25"


225Q

MODEL225A Single Channel225Q Quadrature

Brushless Servo Motor Commutation, Robotics, Motor-Mounted Feedback,Assembly Machines, Digital Plotters, High Power Motors


10 100 OC

OUTPUT TYPEOC Open CollectorPU Pull-Up Resistor

N N K

CYCLES PER REVOLUTION See CPR Options below225A 1 - 600 CPR225Q 1 - 100 CPR

MOUNTINGN No Additional MountingF Flex Arm Kit

CONNECTOR TYPES 6 ft Cable 2T Terminal Block9D 9-pin D-subminiaturej 5-pin M12 (12 mm)K 8-pin M12 (12 mm)

010302105611683418

BORE SIZE 071/4", 0.250"5/16", 0.3125" 05 063/8", 0.375" 121/2", 0.500"9/16", 0.562" 14 155/8", 0.625"11/16", 0.6875" 16 173/4", 0.750" 197/8", 0.875" 20 22

7 mm10 mm11 mm12 mm14 mm15 mm16 mm17 mm19 mm20 mm22 mm

SEALN No Seal (Standard)Y Bearing Seals 1

Model 225A/Q CPR Options

225A1-600 CPR, all resolutions

225Q001002015016048050100

003020060

004022062

005025080

006030083

010032090

011040099


Contact Customer Service for other disk resolutions

NOTES:1 Shaft speed limited to 400 RPM.2 For Non-Standard Cable Lengths add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: S/12 = 12 feet of cable.


Model 225

Model 225A SpecificationsSingle ChannelElectrical

Input Voltage.............4.75 to 24 VDCInput Current.............32 mA max with Pull-Up optionInput Ripple ..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHzOutput Format ..........Square wave 50% duty cycleOutput Types ............Open Collector- 100 mA max Pull-Up- 20 mA max (1.5K)Max Frequency.........0 to 6 kHzRise Time..................Less than 1 microsecondCycles per Rev .........1 to 600

Max. Shaft Speed.....4000 RPMBore Size ..................0.250" to 0.875" 7 mm to 22 mm (See Ordering Guide)

Model 225

Mechanical

Model 225 Connector Options

9D 9-pin D-Subminiature T Terminal Block j 5-pin M12 (12 mm)K 8-pin M12 (12 mm)

Bore Tolerance .........Bore H7 fit for g6 shaft Class LC5 per ANSI B-4.I Standard

Running Torque ........10 oz-in typicalHousing.....................Black non-corrosive finishBearings....................Precision ABEC ball bearingsElectrical Conn .........6 feet cable with strain relief (shielded, 24 AWG conductors), 9-pin D-subminiature, 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm), Terminal BlockWeight.......................8 oz typical

Environmental

Operating Temp ........0° to +70° CStorage Temp ...........-25° to +85° CHumidity ....................95% RH non-condensingVibration....................3 g @ 5 to 1000 HzShock ........................20 g @ 10 ms duration

Model 225 Mounting Option (F) Flex Arm Kit REVISIONS

LTR -

DESCRIPTIONINITIAL RELEASE

Model 225Q SpecificationsQuadrature

ElectricalInput Voltage.............4.75 to 24 VDCInput Current.............64 mA max with Pull-Up optionInput Ripple ..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHzOutput Format ..........Square wave 50% duty cycle in quadrature

DATE11/04/05

To order Model 225 Flexible Mounting Arm Kit as an accessory, orderPart # 140106-01. Kit may be mounted in either an up or down orientation.

M3 OR 6-32MAX. SCREW SIZE

MOUNTS IN EITHER ORIENTATION

Ø3.35 MAX. (SEE NOTE) Ø2.40

MOUNTS ONEITHER END

ADJUSTABLEDEPTH

0.400.30

Ø2.42

Ø1.47 MIN.(SEE NOTE)

Output Types ............Open Collector- 100 mA max per channel

Pull-Up- 20 mA max per channel (1.5K)Max Frequency.........0 to 6 kHzRise Time..................Less than 1 microsecondCycles Per Rev.........1 to 100

225-FLEX

NOTE: FOR ANY CONNECTOR OPTION, THE BOLT CIRCLE RANGE ISFROM Ø1.72" TO Ø3.60" DUE TO THE INCREASED CAP HIEGHT

REVISIONS

LTR DESCRIPTONCHK DATE APPR DATE

- INITIAL RELEASE

MechanicalMax. Shaft Speed.....4000 RPMBore Size ..................0.250" through 0.875" 7 mm through 22 mm (see Ordering Guide)

All dimensions are in inches ISSUE DATE tolerance of +0.005" or +0.01" unless otherwise specifiedwith a TOLERANCE E

PC ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANY

MODEL 225 FLEX MOUNTNEXT ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLY

DECIMAL

+-

INITIAL

DR

CK

QC

MFG

DATE NAME AND TITLE

.005 SBR 11/04/05

DWG NUMBER

PART NUMBER

.01Wiring TableDECIMAL

+-

ANGULAR

+-

Bore Tolerance .........Bore H7 fit for g6 shaft Class LC5 per ANSI B-4.I Standard

Running Torque ........10 oz-in typicalHousing.....................Black non-corrosive finishBearings....................Precision ABEC ball bearingsElectrical Conn .........6 feet cable with strain relief (shielded, 24 AWG conductors), 9-pin D-subminiature, 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm), Terminal BlockWeight.......................10 oz typical

.1˚ PRJ ENG DWG SIZE B

Gland 5-pin 8-pin Term. D-sub Cable M12 M12 Block 9 -pin WireFunction Color

Com

+VDC

A

B

Shield

Black

Red

White

Green

Bare

3

1

4

2

----

7

2

1

4

----

1

2

3

4

----

9

1

2

4

----

Wavefom Diagram -225-FLEX Models 225A/Q

REV.

SCALE NONE SHEET 1 OF 1

OUTPUT AOUTPUT B

QSIG230

EnvironmentalOperating Temp ........0° to +70° CStorage Temp ...........-25° to +85° CHumidity ....................95% RH non-condensingVibration....................3 g @ 5 to 1000 HzShock ........................20 g @ 10 ms duration

ISSUE DATE

NEXT ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLY

1-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected] 230 OUTPUTDECIMAL

+-

TOLERANCE E

INITIAL

PC

DATE


DR

CK

GDB 10/3/01

DECIMAL

+-DWG NUMBER

QC

MFGPART NUMBERANGULAR

+- .1˚ PRJ ENG DWG SIZE A

QSIG230SCALE NONE


17

SHEET1OF

-REV.

1

Model 25T Thru-Bore, orModel 25H Hollow Bore (Blind)

Features•••••••

2.5" Opto-ASIC Encoder with a Low Profile (2.0”)Standard Bore Sizes Ranging from 0.625” to 1.125”Metric Bore Sizes Ranging from 6 mm to 28 mmSingle Replacement Solution For 2.0" to 3.5" EncodersResolutions to 10,000 CPR; Frequencies to 1 MHzVersatile Flexible Mounting OptionsRoHS Compliant


Model 25T/H Ordering Guide

Mechanical

Introducing the next generation of high performance encoders - the Model 25T. As contemporary asits appearance, the Model 25T features the largest thru-bore available in a 2.5” encoder, mountingdirectly on shafts as large as 1.125" or 28 mm. With resolutions of up to 10,000 CPR, and Frequenciesof up to 1MHz this industrial strength encoder is perfect for fast revving motors. The 25T featuresthe next generation of EPC's proprietary Opto-ASIC sensor which provides superior accuracy andprecision counts. The injection molded housing, made from EPC's custom blend of nylon composites,is grooved with "cooling fins" and can take the extreme heat of the motion control industry. With sealingavailable of up to IP66 and many new rugged flexible mounting options, the Model 25T can perform indemanding industrial environments. This revolutionary new 2.5” encoder truly is unlike any other.

Common Applications

Ø2.5"Motor-Mounted Feedback and Vector Control, Specialty Machines,Robotics, Web Process Control, Paper and Printing, High Power Motors

Optional Features

IP50 Std


Electrical

25T

Housing Option

StandardC Corrosion Resistant

(Leave Blank for Standard)

42 SE 0500

CYCLES PER REVOLUTIONSee CPR Options below Price Adder For Resolutions Over 2000

N V1 R OC

OUTPUT TYPE

5 - 28V In/Out3OC Open CollectorPP Push-PullHV Line Driver4

PU Pull-Up Resistor5

5 - 28V In/5V Out 6H5 Line Driver4

P5 Push-Pull

SMW

-20o to +85oC Std

Leave Blank For Standard Options

None Std

SEALINGCERTIFICATION None (Std)IP50 (Standard) CE CE Marked8S3 IP66

OPERATING TEMPERATURE -20 to 85º C (Std)T4 -20º to +105º C2

MODEL25T Thru-Bore25H Hollow Bore

03010205113478404204141009121315161920242528

BORE SIZE1

5/16", 0.3125"1/4", 0.250"3/8", 0.3751/2", 0.500"5/8", 0.625"3/4", 0.750"7/8", 0.875"1", 1.000"1-1/8", 1.125"6 mm8 mm10 mm11 mm12 mm14 mm15 mm16 mm19 mm20 mm24 mm25 mm28 mm

COMMUTATIONN None

MOUNTINGSE 2.25" to 2.75" B.C. 3-point Flex MountSG 3.50" to 5.90" B.C. (4.5" C-face) Tether Arm KitSj 3.50" to 8.10" B.C. (8.5" C-face) Tether Arm KitSH 2.72" to 3.42" B.C. (Block & Pin) Tether Arm Kit

INPUT VOLTAGEV1 5 to 28 VDC

NUMBER OF CHANNELS1


Channel B Leads A11



CONNECTOR TYPESMW 6-pin MS StyleSMY 7-pin MS StyleSMX 10-pin MS StyleSMj 5-pin M12 (12 mm)SMK 8-pin M12 (12 mm)SMH 10-pin Bayonet10

F00 Gland, 24" Cable 79D9-pin D-Sub10


Model 25T/H CPR Options

000200120070015003602000

000300240080019205002048

000400250100024005122500

000500300105025006004096

000800320115025610005000

0010006001200300102410,000

00110064012503361200

Contact Customer Service for other disk resolutions.

NOTES:1 Contact Customer Service for additional options.2 Contact Customer Service for availability on resolutions < 360 CPR.3 24 VDC max for T4 temperature option.4 Not available with 5-pin M12 or 6-pin MS style connectors. Available with 7-pin MS style connector without index Z.5 With Input Voltage above 16 VDC, operating temperature is limited to 85° C max.6 Standard operating temperature only.7 For non-standard English cable lengths enter ‘F’ plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: F06 = 6 feet of cable.8 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com. Contact Customer Service for availability.9 Not available with Pull-Up Output Type.10 Not available with corrosion resistant option.11 Reverse Quadrature not available with PU output type.

April 201018


REVISIONS

Model 25T Thru-Bore, orModel 25H Hollow Bore (Blind)

Model 25T/H Specifications

ElectricalInput Voltage.............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 85° C 4.75 to 24 VDC max for temperatures between 85° and 105° CInput Current............. 100 mA max with no output loadOutput Format ..........Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the mounting face. See Waveform Diagram.Output Types ............Open Collector- 20 mA max per channel Pull Up - Open Collector with 2.2K ohm resistor, 20 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply)Index .........................Once per revolution. 361 to 10,000 CPR: Gated to output A 1 to 360 CPR: Ungated See Waveform Diagram.Max Frequency.........250 kHz for 1 to 2500 CPR 500 kHz for 2501 to 5000 CPR 1 MHz for 5001 to 10,000 CPRCE Testing ................Emissions tested per EN61000-6-3:2001 as applicable. Immunity tested per EN6100-6-2: 2005 as applicableMin. Edge Sep..........45° electrical min, 63° electrical or better typicalRise Time..................Less than 1 microsecondAccuracy ...................Within 0.1° mechanical from one cycle to any other cycle, or 6 arc minutes.

Max Shaft Speed......6000 RPM, 8000 RPM intermittent 4000 RPM for IP66 seal optionBore Size ..................0.250" through 1.125" 6 mm through 28 mmBore Tolerance .........-0.0000"/+0.0008"User Shaft Tolerances Radial Runout ......0.005" max Axial Endplay ........±0.050" maxStarting Torque .........IP50 sealing: 1.0 oz-in typical IP66 sealing: 4.0 oz-in typical Note: Add 1.0 oz-in typical for -20° C opera- tionMoment of Inertia .....7.6 x 10-4 oz-in-sec 2Max Acceleration ......1x105 rad/sec 2Electrical Conn .........6-, 7-, or 10-pin MS Style, 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm), 10-pin Bayonet or gland with 24 inches of cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors), 9-pin D-SubHousing.....................Proprietary nylon compositeMounting ...................2.25" to 2.75" B.C. 3-point flex mount 3.50" to 5.90" B.C. (4.5" C-face) tether arm kit, 3.50" to 8.10" B.C. (8.5" C-face) tether arm kit and 2.72" to 3.42" B.C. (Block & Pin) tether arm kit. See mechanical drawing for dimensionsWeight.......................8 oz typical

Operating Temp ........-20° to 85° C for standard models -20° to 105° C for high temperature optionStorage Temp............-20° to +85° CHumidity ....................98% RH non-condensingVibration....................20 g @ 5 to 2000 HzShock ........................80 g @ 11 ms durationSealing ......................IP50, IP66 with shaft seals at both ends

LTR -


DATEXX/XX/XX

Model 25T/H

1.48[37.5]

6-32 OR M3MAX. SCREW3x @ 120°

7/64 HEXWRENCH

1.50[38.1]

25T-STD

Ø2.25 B.C. [Ø57.2] 15°

15°Ø2.75 B.C. [Ø69.9] 2.00

[50.7]

Ø2.50[Ø63.5]

Model 25T/H Connector OptionsISSUE DATE

NEXT ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLY

TOLERANCEDECIMAL

+-

E

INITIAL

DR

CK

QC

MFG

PC

DATE


.005

.01

.1°

SBR 6/26/07

DECIMAL

+-

MODEL 25T STANDARDDWG NUMBER

PART NUMBER ANGULAR

+-

25T-STDB SCALE

REV.

-NONE SHEETPRJ ENG DWG SIZE 1 OF 1

Mechanical Model 25T/H Mounting Options


Waveform Diagram Wiring Table

Gland 5-pin 8-pin 10-pin 7-pin 7-pin 6-pin 9-pin 10-pin BayonetCable M122 M122 MS MS MS MS D-sub HV, H5, OD

WireHV,H5 PU, PP, PU, PP,PU, PP,

Function ColorOC, P5 OC, P5OC, P5

Com Black7FF3FA, FF9+VDC

A

A'

B

B'

Z

Z'

CaseShield

White

Brown

Yellow

Red

Green

Orange

Blue

----Bare1

1

4

----

2

----

5

----

--------

2

1

3

4

5

6

8

--------

D

A

H

B

I

C

J

G----

D

A

C

B

E

----

----

G----

D

A

----

B

----

C

----

G----

B

D

----

E

----

C

----

--------

1

2

3

4

56

7

8----

D

A

H

B

J

C

K

G----

Environmental

Protect your encoder withthe 56C Cover.

1CE Option: Cable shield (bare wire) is connected to internal case2CE Option: Read Technical Bulletin TB111



19

1.65[41.9] 0.40[10.1]

BLIND BOREDEPTH THRU AND BLIND

BORES TO Ø1.125 OR Ø28mm

Model 775


Thru-Bore Design For Easy MountingBore Options to 1.375"Incorporates Opto-ASIC TechnologyResolutions to 4096 CPR100° C Operating Temperature AvailableCE Marking Available


The sleek design of the Model 775 Thru-Bore Series Accu-Coder™ makes form andfunction a successful reality. The slim profile and Thru-Bore design, makes installationeasy by simply slipping the bore over motor shafts up to 1.375" in diameter. The advancedOpto-ASIC based electronics provide the superior noise immunity necessary in manyindustrial applications. With a variety of bore sizes, resolutions, and connector types,application possibilities are endless.

Common Applications

Ø4.3"


775

MODEL775 Slim Thru-Bore

HOUSING STYLEA Completely encloses motor shaft, and eliminates access to motor shaft For physical protection onlyB Thru-Bore housing version Allows access to motor shaft

Motor Feedback, Velocity & Position Control, Food Processing, Robotics,Material Handling


A H 1024

CYCLES PER REVOLUTION 1 - 4096See CPR Options below for available resolutions.Price adder for CPR >1024

Q OC

OUTPUT TYPE5 - 28V In/Out 2 OC Open Collector PU Pull-Up Resistor PP Push-Pull HV Line Driver 5

A Y N

ANTI-ROTATION FLEX MOUNTN NoneA Style A

N CE


NUMBER OF CHANNELS1





PWYXjK9D

CONNECTOR TYPEGland Nut with 24"Cable 36-pin MS Style7-pin MS Style10-pin MS Style5-pin M12 (12 mm)8-pin M12 (12 mm)9-pin D-subminiature

MATING CONNECTORN No ConnectorY Yes


Model 775 CPR Options

006005002500

010005124096

01200600

02401000

02501024

02562048

ABCDOTVHIKMLQR

BORE SIZE5/8", 0.625" collet style3/4", 0.750" collet style7/8", 0.875" collet style1", 1.000" collet style1-1/8", 1.125" clamp style1-1/4", 1.250" clamp style1-3/8", 1.375" clamp style14 mm collet style19 mm collet style24 mm collet style25 mm clamp style28 mm clamp style30 mm clamp style32 mm clamp style

NOTES:1 Contact Customer Service for index gating options.2 5 to 24 VDC max for high temperature option.3 For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: P/6 = 6 feet of cable.4 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose The CE Option at www.encoder.com.5 Not available with 5-pin M12 or 6-pin MS connector. Available with 7-pin MS connector only without Index Z.

Contact Customer Service for other disk resolutions;not all disk resolutions available with all output types


Model 775


ElectricalInput Voltage.............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 70° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 70° C to 100° CInput Current.............100 mA max with no output loadInput Ripple ..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHzOutput Format ..........Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams below.Output Types ............Open Collector- 100 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 100 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply)Index .........................Once per revolution. 0475 to 4096 CPR: Gated to output A 0001 to 0474 CPR: Ungated See Waveform Diagrams below.Max Frequency.........200 kHzNoise Immunity.........Tested to BS EN61000-4-2; IEC801-3; BS EN61000-4-4; DDENV 50141; DDENV 50204; BS EN55022 (with European compliance option); BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2Symmetry .................180° (±18°) electricalQuad. Phasing..........90° (±22.5°) electricalMin. Edge Sep..........67.5° electricalRise Time..................Less than 1 microsecond

Max Shaft Speed......6000 RPM. Higher shaft speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service.Bore Size ..................0.625", 0.750" , 0.875", 1.000", 14 mm, 19 mm, 24 mm, 1.125", 1.250", 1.375", 25 mm, 28 mm, 30 mm, 32 mm Note: Bore sizes 1.125", 1.250", 1.375", 25 mm, 28 mm, 30 mm, 32 mm are clamp style. All others are collet style.

Model 775 Collet Clamp (A, B, C, D, H, I, K)

Model 775 Clamp Style (O, T, V, M, L, Q)

Mechanical Model 775 Extended Housing (W, X, Y, J, K)

User Shaft Tolerances Radial Runout .......0.005" Axial Endplay ........+0.030" with appropriate flex mountMoment of Inertia .....3.3 X 10-3 oz-in-sec2 typicalElectrical Conn .........Gland nut with 24" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors), 6-, 7-, or 10-pin MS Style, 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm), 9-pin D-subminiatureHousing.....................All metal constructionMounting ...................Thru-Bore with collet clamp or single-screw clamp mountWeight.......................1.0 lb with gland nut or D-sub connector option 1.5 lb with MS connector option Note: All weights typical

All dimensions are in inches with a tolerance of +0.005" or +0.01" unless otherwise specified- INITIAL RELEASELTR DESCRIPTON CHK DATE APPR DATE

REVISIONS


OUTPUT A

OUTPUT A

OUTPUT B

Wiring Table

Gland 5-pin 8-pin 10-pin 7-pin 7-pin 6-pin 9-pin Cable M124 M124 MS MS MS MS D-sub HV PU, PP, PU, PP,Wire PU, PP,

OCOCFunction Color OC

Com

+VDC

A

Black

Red

White

Brown

Blue

Violet

Orange

Yellow

Bare1

----

3

1

4----

2

----

5

----

----

----

7

2

1

3

4

5

6

8----

----

F

D

A

H

B

I

C

J----

G2

Environmental F

D

A

C

B

E

----

--------

G2

F

D

A

----

B

----

C----

----

G2

A, F

B

D----

E

----

C----

----

----

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7----

83

Operating Temp ........0° to 70° C for standard models 0° to 100° C for high temperature optionStorage Temp ...........-25° to 100° CHumidity ....................98% RH non-condensingVibration....................10 g @ 58 to 500 HzShock ........................50 g @ 11 ms durationSealing ......................IP50

OUTPUT B

INDEX Z

INDEX Z

gated to A = 180˚ ungated 270˚


LTR DESCRIPTON

A'

BREVISIONS

CHK DATE APPR DATE

CLOCKWISE ROTATIONLD770LRNOTE: ALL DEGREE REFERENCES ARE ELECTRICAL DEGREESNOTE: ALL DEGREE REFERENCES ARE ELECTRICAL DEGREESNOTE: PUSH-PULL OUTPUT DOES NOT INCLUDE COMPLIMENTARY

CHANNELS

02/11/03NEXT ASSEMBLY

ISSUE DATE

- INITIAL RELEASEB'

Z

Z'

Shield

CaseTOLERANCE

DECIMAL

+-

Open Collector and Pull-Up COMPANYENCODER PRODUCTS E

PC

INITIAL

DR

CK

QC

MFG

DATE NAME AND TITLE

.005

.01

.1˚

OUTPUT A PARTOUTPUT NUMBERB

PREV ASSEMBLYBSR 02/11/03

DECIMAL

+-

77XLINE DRIVER OUTPUT WAVEFORM

DWG NUMBER

ANGULAR

+-PRJ ENG DWG SIZE A

LD770LRSCALE N/A SHEET OF1 1

-REV.

1

2

INDEX Z

SE770LR


CLOCKWISE ROTATIONNOTE: ALL DEGREE REFERENCES ARE ELECTRICAL DEGREES NOTE: INDEX IS POSITIVE GOING

CE Option: Cable shield (bare wire) is connected to internal Case CE Option: Pin G is connected to Case Non CE Option: Pin G has No Connection3CE Option: Pin 8 is connected to Case Non CE Option: Pin 8 has No Connection4CE Option: Read Technical Bulletin "TB111" at www.encoder.com



21

Model 776


Slim Profile - Only 1.36" In DepthThru-Bore Design For Easy MountingIncorporates Opto-ASIC TechnologyResolutions to 4096Bore Options to 1.875"CE Marking Available


The Thru-Bore Series Accu-Coder™ Model 776 encoder is designed to fit directly oneither a motor or other shaft where position, direction, or velocity information is needed.The advanced Opto-ASIC based electronics provide the superior noise immunity neces-sary in many industrial applications. The Model 776 conveniently features a clamp typemount for fast and easy mounting over a large range of shaft sizes. An optional anti-rotation flex mount maintains housing stability.

Ø4.3"


Common ApplicationsMotor Feedback, Velocity & Position Control, Robotics, Conveyors,Material Handling


776

MODEL776 Slim Thru-Bore

A H


1024 Q OC


C Y N

ANTI-ROTATION FLEX MOUNTN NoneA Style A

N CE


HOUSING STYLEA Completely encloses motor shaft, and eliminates access to motor shaft. For physical protection only.B Thru-Bore housing version. Allows access to motor shaft.



CONNECTOR TYPEGland Nut with 24"Cable 36-pin MS Style7-pin MS Style10-pin MS Style5-pin M12 (12 mm)8-pin M12 (12 mm)9-pin D-subminiature For specification

assistance callCustomer Service at 1-800-366-5412

NUMBER OF CHANNELS1




P W Y BORE SIZEXG 1-7/16", 1.4375" jC 1-1/2", 1.500" KD 1-5/8", 1.625" 9DF 1-3/4", 1.750"E 1-7/8", 1.875"L 35 mmI 38 mmj 40 mmM 42 mmN 43 mm


006005002500

010005124096

01200600

02401000

02501024

02562048

NOTES:

123

4

5Contact Customer Service for other disk resolutions;not all disk resolutions available with all output types

Contact Customer Service for index gating options.5 to 24 VDC max for high temperature option.For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) pluscable length expressed in feet. Example: P/6 = 6 feet of cable.Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choosethe CE Option at www.encoder.com.Not available with 5-pin M12 or 6-pin MS connector.Available with 7-pin MS connector only without Index Z.


Model 776


ElectricalInput Voltage.............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 70° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 70° C to 100° CInput Current.............100 mA max with no output loadInput Ripple ..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to100 kHzOutput Format ..........Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams below.Output Types ............Open Collector- 100 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 100 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply)Index .........................Once per revolution. 0475 to 4096 CPR: Gated to output A 0001 to 0474 CPR: Ungated See Waveform Diagrams below.Max Frequency.........200 kHzNoise Immunity.........Tested to BS EN61000-4-2; IEC801-3; BS EN61000-4-4; DDENV 50141; DDENV 50204; BS EN55022 (with European compliance option); BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2Symmetry .................180° (±18°) electricalQuad. Phasing..........90° (±22.5°) electricalMin. Edge Sep..........67.5° electricalRise Time..................Less than 1 microsecond

Max Shaft Speed......3500 RPM. Higher shaft speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service.Bore Size ..................1.500", 1.625", 1.750", 1.875", 35 mm, 38 mm, 40 mm, 42 mm, 43 mmUser Shaft Tolerances Radial Runout .......0.005" Axial Endplay ........+0.030" with appropriate flex mount

Model 776 With Gland Nut Cable (P)

Model 776 With 9-Pin D-Sub Connector (9D)

MechanicalModel 776 Extended Housing (W, X, Y, J, K)

Environmental

Moment of Inertia .....3.3 x 10-3 oz-in-sec2 typicalElectrical Conn .........Gland nut with 24" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors), 6-, 7-, or 10-pin MS Style, 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm), or 9-pin D-sub- miniatureHousing.....................All metal constructionMounting ...................Thru-bore with single-screw clamp mountWeight.......................1.0 lb with gland nut or D-sub connector option 1.5 lb with MS connector option Note: All weights typical

Operating Temp ........0° to 70° C for standard models 0° to 100° C for high temperature optionStorage Temp ...........-25° to 100° CHumidity ....................98% RH non-condensingVibration....................10 g @ 58 to 500 HzShock ........................50 g @ 11 ms durationSealing ......................IP50

All dimensions are in inches with a tolerance of +0.005" or +0.01" unless otherwise specified- INITIAL RELEASEREVISIONS

LTR DESCRIPTON CHK DATE APPR DATE


OUTPUT A

OUTPUT A

OUTPUT B

Wiring Table

Gland 5-pin 8-pin 10-pin 7-pin 7-pin 6-pin 9-pin Cable M124 M124 MS MS MS MS D-sub HV PU, PP, PU, PP,Wire PU, PP,

OCOCFunction Color OC

Com

+VDC

A

Black

Red

White

Brown

Blue

Violet

Orange

Yellow

Bare1

----

3

1

4----

2

----

5

----

----

----

7

2

1

3

4

5

6

8----

----

F

D

A

H

B

I

C

J----

G2

F

D

A

C

B

E

----

--------

G2

F

D

A

----

B

----

C----

----

G2

A, F

B

D----

E

----

C----

----

----

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7----

83

OUTPUT B

INDEX Z

INDEX Z



LTR DESCRIPTON

A'

REVISIONS

CHK DATE APPR DATE

B

B'

Z

Z'

Shield

Case

OF1 1

LD770LRNOTE: ALL DEGREEDEGREE REFERENCES ARE ELECTRICAL DEGREESNOTE: ALL REFERENCES ARE ELECTRICAL DEGREES

CLOCKWISE ROTATION- INITIAL RELEASE



ISSUE DATETOLERANCE

DECIMAL

+-

Open Collector and PRODUCTS COMPANYPull-UpENCODER

EP

C

INITIAL

DR

CK

QC

MFG

DATE NAME AND TITLE

.005

.01

.1˚

OUTPUT A PARTOUTPUT NUMBERB

PREV ASSEMBLYBSR 02/11/03

DECIMAL

+-


DWG NUMBER

ANGULAR


LD770LRSCALE N/A

-REV.

1

2SHEET

INDEX Z

SE770LR



CE Option: Cable shield (bare wire) is connected to internal Case CE Option: Pin G is connected to Case Non CE Option: Pin G has No Connection3CE Option: Pin 8 is connected to Case Non CE Option: Pin 8 has No Connection4CE Option: Read Technical Bulletin "TB111" at www.encoder.com



23

Model 770


Slim Profile - Only 1.00" DeepFits NEMA Size 56C Thru 184C Motor Faces (4.5" AK)Incorporates Opto-ASIC TechnologyResolutions to 4096 CPR Incremental


The Model 770 C-face encoder is a rugged, high resolution encoder designed to mountdirectly on NEMA C-face motors. Both sides of the encoder are C-face mounts, allowingadditional C-face devices to be mounted to this encoder. Unlike many C-face kit typeencoders, the Model 770 contains precision bearings and an internal flex mount, virtuallyeliminating encoder failures and inaccuracies induced by motor shaft runout or axial end-play. The advanced Opto-ASIC design provides advanced noise immunity necessary formany industrial applications. This encoder is ideal for applications using induction motorsand flux vector control. The Model 770 provides speed and position information for drivefeedback in a slim profile - only 1.00" thick. The Thru-Bore design allows fast and simplemounting of the encoder directly to the accessory shaft or to the drive shaft of the motor,using the standard motor face (NEMA sizes 56C - 184C). The tough, all metal housingresists the vibration and hazards of an industrial environment.

Ø6.5"


Common ApplicationsMotor Feedback, Velocity & Position Control, Conveyors, Variable SpeedDrives, Mixing & Blending Motors, Assembly & Specialty Machines


770

MODEL770 4.5" NEMA“AK" Dimension

A H


1024 Q OC


A Y N

C-FACE GASKET KIT OPTION 1"B" HOUSING ONLYN NoY Yes

N CE



HOUSING STYLEA Cover completely encloses motor shaft and eliminates access to motor shaft. IP65 rated. Includes C-face Gasket Kit.B Thru-Bore housing version with IP50 dust seal 1


PBXYjKL

CONNECTOR TYPE24" Cable with Gland Nut 4Terminal Strip in Conduit Box10-pin MS Style on Conduit Box7-pin MS Style on Conduit Box5-pin M12 on Conduit Box8-pin M12 on Conduit Box10-pin Industrial Clamp

NUMBER OF CHANNELS2





BORE SIZEA 5/8", 0.625"B 3/4", 0.750"C 7/8", 0.875"D 1", 1.000"H 14 mmI 19 mmK 24 mm

NOTES:1 Thru-Bore version may be IP65 sealed if mounted between two C-face devices with optional gasket kit. Select ‘Yes’ under C-face Gasket Kit Option.2 Contact Customer Service for index gating options.3 5 to 24 VDC max for high temperature option.4 For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: P/6 = 6 feet of cable.5 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com.6 Not available with 5-pin M12 connector. Available with 7-pin MS connector only without Index Z.


006005002500

010005124096

01200600

02401000

02501024

02562048



Model 770


ElectricalInput Voltage.............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 70° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 70° C to 100° CInput Current.............100 mA max with no output loadInput Ripple ..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHzOutput Format ..........Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams below.Output Types ............Open Collector- 100 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 100 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply)Index .........................Once per revolution. 0475 to 4096 CPR: Gated to output A 0001 to 0474 CPR: Ungated See Waveform Diagrams below.

REVISIONS

LTR C D E

DESCRIPTIONECO #01335 BSRECO #01978 GMAECO #05696 JP

DATE10/01/0105/14/0402/17/09

Model 770 With Gland Nut (P)

CABLE

SHAFTCLAMPINGCOLLAR

4.500 +0.000-0.0034.501 +0.002-0.000

7.00

6.250 BORE SIZESEE ORDER GUIDE

15°

3/8-16 UNC4X 90° Ø5.875B.C.

0.1250.175

1.00 770GLAND REVISIONS

DESCRIPTIONECO #01645 GMAECO #01978 GMAECO #05696 JP

DATE01/07/0305/14/0402/17/09Model 770 With Conduit Box (B, X, Y, J, K)

ISSUE DATE

SEE ORDER GUIDE FOR CONNECTOR OPTIONS


LTR C D E

1/11/99TOLERANCE

DECIMAL

+-

E

INITIAL

DR

CK

QC

MFG

PC

DATE

ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANY

NAME AND TITLE3.2 MAXNEXT ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLY

.005

.01

.1°

1.65

GDB 1/05/99

DWG NUMBERDECIMAL

+-

MODEL 770 GLANDNUT

Max Frequency.........200 kHzNoise Immunity.........Tested to BS EN61000-4-2; IEC801-3; BS EN61000-4-4; DDENV 50141; DDENV 50204; BS EN55022 (with European compliance option); BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2Symmetry .................180°(±18°) electricalQuad. Phasing..........90°(±22.5°) electricalMin. Edge Sep..........67.5° electricalRise Time..................Less than 1 microsecond

PART NUMBER3/8 THRU CLEARANCE HOLE4X 90° Ø5.875 B.C.

ANGULAR

+-

770GLANDB SCALE

REV.

E1PRJ ENG DWG SIZE NONE SHEET 1 OF

SHAFTCLAMPINGCOLLAR

9.40

4.500

BORE SIZESEE ORDER GUIDE

+0.000-0.003

4.501 +0.002-0.000

3/8-16 UNC4X 90° Ø5.875 B.C.

15°

0.1250.175 1.00

0.875

770-CONNMechanicalMax Shaft Speed......6000 RPM. Higher shaft speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service.Bore Size ..................0.625", 0.750", 0.875", 1.000", 14 mm, 19 mm, and 24 mmBore Tolerance ......... +0.0015"/-0.000"

TERMINAL CONNECTIONW/ HOLE FOR CONDUIT

E

INITIAL

DR

CK

QC

MFG

ISSUE DATEOptional Housing Style (A) TOLERANCE1/11/99Protective CoverNEXT ASSEMBLY

DECIMAL

+-

PC

DATE


.005

.01

GDB 1/05/99

DWG NUMBERTHIRD ANGLE PROJECTIONPREV ASSEMBLYDECIMAL

+-

MODEL 770 CONNECTOR

User Shaft Tolerances Radial Runout .......0.005" Axial Endplay ........+0.050"Moment of Inertia .....3.3 x 10 -3 oz-in-sec 2 typicalElectrical Conn .........Gland nut with 24" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors), Terminal Strip in conduit box, 7- or 10-pin MS Style, 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm), 10-pin Industrial ClampHousing.....................All metal constructionMounting ...................NEMA 56C to 184CWeight.......................2.60 lb with gland nut 3.00 lb with all other connector options Note: All weights typical

PART NUMBERANGULAR

+- .1°

770-CONNB SCALE

REV.

E1PRJ ENG DWG SIZE NONE SHEET 1 OF

REVISIONS

All dimensions are in inches with a tolerance of +0.005" or +0.01" unless otherwise specifiedLTR DESCRIPTON CHK DATE APPR DATE

- INITIAL RELEASE


OUTPUT A

OUTPUT A

OUTPUT B

Wiring Table

Gland 5-pin 8-pin 10-pin 7-pin 7-pin Term. 10-pin Cable M124 M124 MS MS MS Block Indust. HV PU, PP,Wire PU, PP,Clamp OCFunction Color OC

Com

+VDC A A'

B

Black

Red

WhiteBrown

Blue

Violet

Orange

3

1

4

----

2

----

5----

----

----

7

2

13

4

5

6

8

----

----

F

D

AH

B

I

C

J----

G2

F

D

AC

B

E

----

----

----

G2

F

D

A----

B

----

C

--------

G2

2

1

34

5

6

7

8----

93

1

6

38

2

7

4

9----

103

EnvironmentalOperating Temp ........0° to 70° C for standard models 0° to 100° C for high temperature optionStorage Temp ...........-25° to 100° CHumidity ....................98% RH non-condensingVibration....................10 g @ 58 to 500 HzShock ........................50 g @ 11 ms durationSealing ......................IP65 for Option A housing style with gasket kit IP50 for Option B housing style

OUTPUT B

INDEX Z

INDEX Z



REVISIONS

LD770LRNOTE: ALL DEGREE REFERENCES ARE ELECTRICAL DEGREESNOTE: ALL DEGREE REFERENCES ARE ELECTRICAL DEGREES

CLOCKWISE ROTATION- INITIAL RELEASELTR DESCRIPTON CHK DATE APPR DATE B'

ZNOTE: PUSH-PULL OUTPUT DOES NOT INCLUDE COMPLIMENTARY CHANNELS


PREV ASSEMBLY

ISSUE DATETOLERANCE

DECIMAL

+-

ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANYOpen Collector and Pull-Up

EP

C

INITIAL

DR

CK

QC

MFG

YellowZ'Shield Bare1

Case ----1

DATE NAME AND TITLE

.005

.01

.1˚

BSR 02/11/03DECIMAL

+-


DWG NUMBER

OUTPUTNUMBERPART AOUTPUT B

ANGULAR



-REV.

INDEX Z

SE770LR



CE Option: Cable shield (bare wire) is connected to internal Case2CE Option: Pin G is connected to Case Non CE Option: Pin G has No Connection3CE Option: Pin 10 is connected to Case Non CE Option: Pin has No Connection4CE Option: Read Technical Bulletin "TB111" at www.encoder.com



25

3/8 THRU CLEARANCE HOLE4X 90° Ø5.875 B.C.

GLAND NUTASSEMBLY

Model 771


Large Bore Size to 1.875" or 43 mmFits NEMA Size 182TC Thru 256TC Motor Faces (8.5" AK)Incorporates Opto-ASIC TechnologyResolutions to 4096 CPR Incremental


The Model 771 C-face encoder is a rugged, high resolution encoder designed to mountdirectly on NEMA C-face motors. Both sides of the encoder are C-face mounts, allow-ing additional C-face devices to be easily mounted. Many competitive C-face unitsare kit type encoders, but the Model 771 contains precision bearings and an internalflex mount that virtually eliminates encoder failures and inaccuracies induced by motorshaft runout or axial endplay. The advanced Opto-ASIC design provides superior noiseimmunity necessary for many industrial applications. This encoder is ideal for applica-tions using induction motors and flux vector control. A Thru-Bore design allows fast andsimple mounting of the encoder directly to the accessory shaft or drive shaft of a motorusing a NEMA standard motor face (sizes 182TC - 256TC). The tough, all metal hous-ing resists the vibration and hazards of an industrial environment.

Ø9.0"


Common ApplicationsMotor Feedback, Velocity & Position Control, Servo Control Systems,Assembly & Specialty Machines, Elevator Controls


771

MODEL771 8.5" NEMA“AK" Dimension

A H


1024 Q OC


TVWAKBCDFEHQRLIjMN

A Y N

C-FACE GASKET KIT OPTION1

N NoY Yes

N



HOUSING STYLEA Cover completely encloses motor shaft and eliminates access to motor shaft. IP65 ratedB Thru-Bore housing version with IP50 dust seal 1

NUMBER OF CHANNELS2





BORE SIZE5/8", 0.625"7/8", 0.875" 1.000"1",1-1/8", 1.125"1-1/4", 1.250"1-3/8", 1.375"1-1/2", 1.500"1-5/8", 1.625"1-3/4", 1.750"1-7/8", 1.875"28 mm30 mm32 mm35 mm38 mm40 mm42 mm43 mm

PBXYjKL

CONNECTOR TYPEGland Nut with 24" cable 4Terminal Strip in Conduit Box10-pin MS Style on Conduit Box7-pin MS Style on Conduit Box5-pin M12 (12 mm) on Conduit Box8-pin M12 (12 mm) on Conduit Box10-pin Industrial Clamp Style


006005002500

010005124096

01200600

02401000

02501024

02562048


NOTES:1 Thru-Bore version may be IP65 sealed if mounted between two C-face devices with optional gasket kit. Select ‘Yes’ under C-face Gasket Kit Option.2 Contact Customer Service for index gating options.3 5 to 24 VDC max for high temperature option.4 For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: P/6 = 6 feet of cable.5 Not available with 5-pin M12 connector. Available with 7-pin MS connector only without Index Z.


Model 771


ElectricalInput Voltage.............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 70° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 70° C to 100° CInput Current.............100 mA max with no output loadInput Ripple ..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHzOutput Format ..........Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams below.Output Types ............Open Collector- 100 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 100 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply)Index .........................Once per revolution. 0475 to 4096 CPR: Gated to output A 0001 to 0474 CPR: Ungated See Waveform Diagrams below.Max Frequency.........200 kHzNoise Immunity.........Tested to BS EN61000-4-2; IEC801-3; BS EN61000-4-4; DDENV 50141; DDENV 50204; BS EN55022 (with European compliance option); BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2Symmetry .................180° (±18°) electricalQuad. Phasing..........90° (±22.5°) electricalMin. Edge Sep..........67.5° electricalRise Time..................Less than 1 microsecond

Max Shaft Speed......3500 RPM. Higher shaft speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service. 6000 RPM for 1.125", 1.250", 1.375", 28 mm, 30 mm, 32 mm bore diameterBore Size ..................0.625", 0.875", 1.00", 1.125", 1.250", 1.375", 1.500", 1.625", 1.750", 1.875", 28 mm, 30 mm, 32 mm, 35 mm, 38 mm, 40 mm, 42 mm, and 43 mm

Model 771 With Gland Nut Cable (P)

Model 771 With Conduit Box (B, X, Y, J, K)

Mechanical Optional Housing Style (A)Protective Cover

User Shaft Tolerances Radial Runout .......0.005" Axial Endplay ........+0.1"Moment of Inertia .....3.3 x 10-3 oz-in-sec2 typicalElectrical Conn .........Gland nut with 24" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors), Terminal Strip in conduit box, 7- or 10-pin MS Style, 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm), 10-pin Industrial ClampHousing.....................All metal constructionMounting ...................NEMA 182TC-256TC (8.5" AK)Weight.......................7.0 lb typical

All dimensions are in inches witha tolerance of +0.005" or +0.01"unless otherwise specified

REVISIONS


- INITIAL RELEASE


OUTPUT A

OUTPUT A

OUTPUT B

Wiring Table

Gland 5-pin 8-pin 10-pin 7-pin 7-pin Term. 10-pin Cable M124 M124 MS MS MS Block Indust. HV PU, PP,Wire PU, PP,Clamp OCFunction Color OC

Com

+VDC A A'

B

Black

Red

WhiteBrown

Blue

Violet

Orange

3

1

4

----

2

----

5----

----

----

7

2

13

4

5

6

8

----

----

F

D

AH

B

I

C

J----

G2

F

D

AC

B

E

----

----

----

G2

F

D

A----

B

----

C

--------

G2

2

1

34

5

6

7

8----

93

1

6

38

2

7

4

9----

103

Environmental OUTPUT B

INDEX Z

INDEX Z



Operating Temp ........0° to 70° C for standard models 0° to 100° C for high temperature optionStorage Temp ...........-25° to 100° CHumidity ....................98% RH non-condensingVibration....................10 g @ 58 to 500 HzShock ........................50 g @ 11 ms durationSealing ......................IP65 for Option A housing style with gasket kit IP50 for Option B housing style

LD770LR- INITIAL RELEASENOTE: ALL DEGREEDEGREE REFERENCES ARE ELECTRICAL DEGREESNOTE: ALL REFERENCES ARE ELECTRICAL DEGREES

CLOCKWISE ROTATIONLTRDESCRIPTON

REVISIONS

CHK DATE APPR DATEB'

ZNOTE: PUSH-PULL OUTPUT DOES NOT INCLUDE COMPLIMENTARY CHANNELS


PREV ASSEMBLY

ISSUE DATE

Open Collector and Pull-Up 77XE C

DECIMAL

+-

TOLERANCE

.005

.01

.1˚

P ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANY

LINE DRIVER OUTPUT WAVEFORM

YellowZ'Shield Bare1

Case ----1

INITIAL DATE NAME AND TITLE

DR

CK

BSR 02/11/03DECIMAL

+-DWG NUMBER

QC

MFG

OUTPUT AOUTPUT B

PART NUMBERANGULAR



-REV.

INDEX Z

SE770LR



CE Option: Cable shield (bare wire) is connected to internal Case2CE Option: Pin G is connected to Case Non CE Option: Pin G has No Connection3CE Option: Pin 10 is connected to Case Non CE Option: Pin has No Connection4CE Option: Read Technical Bulletin "TB111" at www.encoder.com



27

Model 755A NEMA

Features• Standard NEMA Mounting• Up to 30,000 Cycles Per Revolution• High Temperature Option

The Model 755A NEMA Mount Accu-Coder™ with it’s integral shaft coupling, mountsdirectly onto NEMA motors. It is designed for easy installation on industrial size 23 or34 motor frames. It features standard bolt circle patterns, and can accommodate shaftsizes of 0.250", 0.375", or 6 mm. With its rugged all metal housing, and a wide rangeof CPR options, it will fit in many different applications, providing years of trouble freeuse.


Model 755A NEMA Ordering Guide

755A


SHAFT/BORE SIZE31 Internal Shaft

Common ApplicationsRobotics, Assembly Machines, Motor-Mounted Feedback,Phototypesetters, Printers & Digital Plotters, Elevator Controls,Medical Diagnostic Equipment


31 S 1000


R HV

OUTPUT TYPE5 - 28V In/Out 3 OC Open Collector PU Pull-Up Resistor PP Push-Pull HV Line Driver

8 - 28V In/5V Out 4,8

H5 Line Driver P5 Push-Pull

1 23A S CE


OPERATINGTEMPERATUREL -40° to 70° CS 0° to 70° CH 0° to 100° C 1 NUMBER OF CHANNELS3

A Channel A




Model 755A NEMA CPR Options

0001*0012*0033*0064*0200050008891270a2880a9000a20,480a

0002*0014*0034*01000240*05120900*14403000a10,000a25,000a

0004*00200035*012002500600100015003600a10,240a30,000a

0005*0021*0038*01250254*0625*102418004000a12,000a

0006*0024*0040*0128*0256*0635120020004096a12,500a

0007*0025*0042*0144*03000665*1201*a20485000a14,400a

12534


SC01C02j00K00

CONNECTOR TYPEStandard 18" Cable 68-pin MolexTerminal Block18" Cable with 5-pin M12 918" Cable with 8-pin M12 9

For enhanced connectivity, available with an M12 in- line connector

0008*0028*0045*0150*0333*07201203*a2400a6000a15,000a

0010*0030*0050*0160*03600768*1204*a25007200a18,000a

0011*0032*00600192*040008001250a2540a7500a20,000a

23A23B23C34A34B34C

MOUNTINGNEMA 23 - 0.250" couplingNEMA 23 - 0.375" couplingNEMA 23 - 6 mm couplingNEMA 34 - 0.250" couplingNEMA 34 - 0.375" couplingNEMA 34 - 6 mm coupling



NOTES:1 0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options.2 Contact Customer Service for index gating options.3 24 VDC max for high temperature option.4 Standard temperature, 60 to 3000 CPR only.5 Standard cable lengths only. For details, please refer to Technical Bulletin TB 116: Noise and Signal Considerations, at www.encoder.com.6 For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: S/6 = 6 feet of cable.7 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option.8 H5 and P5 outputs are not available with CE option.9 5-pin not available with Line Driver (HV, H5) outputs. Additional cable lengths available. Please consult Customer Service.


Model 755A NEMA

Model 755A NEMA SpecificationsElectrical Input Voltage............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 70° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 70° C to 100° C Input Current............100 mA max with no output load Input Ripple..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0-100 kHz Output Format .........Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the encoder mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams below. Output Types............ Open Collector- 100 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 100 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply) Index ........................Occurs once per revolution. The index for units >3000 CPR is 90° gated to Outputs A and B. See Waveform Diagrams below.

Max Frequency........Up to 1 MHz. Noise Immunity ........Tested to BS EN61000-4-2; IEC801-3; BS EN61000-4-4; DDENV 50141; DDENV 50204; BS EN55022 (with European compliance option); BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2 Symmetry.................1 to 6000 CPR: 180° (±18°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 180° (±36°) electrical Quad Phasing ..........1 to 6000 CPR: 90° (±22.5°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 90° (±36°) Min Edge Sep ..........1 to 6000 CPR: 67.5° electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 54° electrical >20,480 CPR: 50° electrical Rise Time.................Less than 1 microsecond Accuracy ..................Instrument and Quadrature Error : For 200 to 1999 CPR, 0.017° mechanical (1.0 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. For 2000 to 3000 CPR, 0.01° mechanical (0.6 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. Interpolation error (units > 3000 CPR only) within 0.005° mechanical. (Total Optical Encoder Error = Instrument + Quadrature + Interpolation)Mechanical Max Shaft Speed .....7500 RPM. Higher shaft speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service. Coupling Bore ..........0.250", 0.375", or 6 mm Starting Torque ........0.14 oz-in typical 4.0 oz-in typical for -40° C operation Moment of Inertia ....2.8 x 10 -4 oz-in-sec 2 Max Acceleration .....1 x 10 5 rad/sec 2 Electrical Conn ........18" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors), 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm) in-line connector with 18" cable (braid shield), 8-pin Molex, Terminal Block Housing....................Black non-corrosive finish Bearings...................Precision ABEC ball bearings Mounting ..................NEMA 23 and 34 Weight ......................4.50 oz typical on NEMA 23 6.75 oz typical on NEMA 34Environmental Operating Temp .......0° to 70° C for standard models -40° to 70° C for low temperature option 0° to 100° C for high temperature option (0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options.) Storage Temp ..........-25° to +85° C Humidity ...................98% RH non-condensing Vibration ...................10 g @ 58 to 500 Hz Shock .......................50 g @ 11 ms duration

Model 755A Size 23 NEMA Mount (23A, 23B, 23C)

Model 755A Size 34 NEMA Mount (34A, 34B, 34C)


Waveform Diagrams

Line Driver and Push-Pull

Wiring Table



Z Z'Shield

1

2

8-pinM122

7 2

1

345

6 8-----



Orange BlueBare1

6 5-----

6 5-----

5----------

Open Collector and Pull-Up

CE Option: Cable shield (bare wire) is connected to internal caseCE Option: Read Technical Bulletin TB111



29

Model 702 Motor Mount

Features• Up to 30,000 CPR• IP66 Sealing Available• Mounting Flange Available With Boss

The Model 702 Motor Mount Accu-Coder™ is a heavy duty, ultra- rugged, reliable, yetcompact industry standard 2-inch diameter encoder. It is designed to withstand harshfactory and plant floor environments. The mounting flange with integral shaft and cou-pling, allows the 702 encoder to be easily installed on a motor or shaft assembly, withoutthe need for additional brackets or couplings. With the ability to handle shaft speeds ofup to 8000 RPM, and withstand the shock and vibration of high speed servo motors, youare sure to be pleased with the 702 Motor Mount Accu-Coder™.


Model 702 Motor Mount Ordering Guide

702

MODEL702 Size 20 (2.0")

Common ApplicationsServo & Stepper Motor Control, Robotics, X-Y Positioning Tables,Machine Tools


31 S

OPERATINGTEMPERATURES 0° to 70° CH 0° to 100° C 1

1000 R HV


8 - 28V In/5V Out 4,10

H5 Line Driver 8

P5 Push-Pull

1 B 1

SEALN No Seal1 IP662 IP64

E X N

MATINGCONNECTORN NoY Yes

CE

COUPLING BORE31 1/4", 0.250"32 3/8", 0.375"33 1/2", 0.500"


CONNECTOR LOCATIONE EndS Side

CONNECTOR TYPE 96-pin MS Style7-pin MS Style10-pin MS Style9-pin D-subminiature5-pin M12 (12 mm)8-pin M12 (12 mm)Gland, 24" Cable 610-pin Bayonet



NUMBER OF CHANNELS2

A Channel A



12534

MAXIMUM FREQUENCY100 kHz (Standard)200 kHz250 kHz, >3000 CPR500 kHz, >6000 CPR 51 MHz, >10,000 CPR 5

MOUNTINGI Integral Shaft CouplingB Integral Coupling w/Boss

WYX9DjKGH

Model 702 Motor Mount CPR Options

0001*0012*0033*0064*0200050008891270a2880a9000a20,480a

0002*0014*0034*01000240*05120900*14403000a10,000a25,000a

0004*00200035*012002500600100015003600a10,240a30,000a

0005*0021*0038*01250254*0625*102418004000a12,000a

0006*0024*0040*0128*0256*0635120020004096a12,500a

0007*0025*0042*0144*03000665*1201*a20485000a14,400a

0008*0028*0045*0150*0333*07201203*a2400a6000a15,000a

0010*0030*0050*0160*03600768*1204*a25007200a18,000a

0011*0032*00600192*040008001250a2540a7500a20,000a



NOTES:1 0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options.2 Contact Customer Service for non-standard index gating options.3 24 VDC max for high temperature option.4 Standard temperature, 60 to 3000 CPR only.5 Standard cable lengths only. For details, please refer to Technical Bulletin TB 116: Noise and Signal Considerations on the web at www.encoder.com.6 For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: G/6 = 6 feet of cable.7 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com.8 Not available with 5-pin M12 or 6-pin MS Type connector. Available with 7-pin MS Type connector only without Index Z.9 For Mating Connectors, Cables, and Cordsets see Electrical Accessories at www.encoder.com.10 H5 and P5 outputs are not available with CE option.


Model 702 Motor Mount

Model 702 Motor MountSpecifications

Electrical Input Voltage.............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 70° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 70° C to 100° C Input Current100 mA max with no output load Input Ripple ..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHz Output Format ..........Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the encoder mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams below. Output Types..............Open Collector- 100 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 100 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply) Index .........................Occurs once per revolution. The index for units >3000 CPR is 90° gated to Outputs A and B. See Waveform Diagrams below. Max Frequency.........Up to 1 MHz. Noise Immunity.........Tested to BS EN61000-4-2; IEC801-3; BS EN61000-4-4; DDENV 50141; DDENV 50204; BS EN55022 (with European compliance option); BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2 Symmetry .................1 to 6000 CPR: 180° (±18°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 180° (±36°) electrical Quad Phasing...........1 to 6000 CPR: 90° (±22.5°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 90° (±36°) electrical Min Edge Sep...........1 to 6000 CPR: 67.5° electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 54° electrical >20,480 CPR: 50° electrical Rise Time..................Less than 1 microsecond Accuracy ...................Instrument and Quadrature Error: For 200 to 1999 CPR, 0.017° mechanical (1.0 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. For 2000 to 3000 CPR, 0.01° mechanical (0.6 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. Interpolation error (units > 3000 CPR only) within 0.005° mechanical. (Total Optical Encoder Error = Instrument + Quadrature + Interpolation)

Mechanical Max Shaft Speed......8000 RPM. Higher shaft speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service. Coupling Size ...........0.250", 0.375", or 0.500" Starting Torque .........1.0 oz-in typical with IP64 seal or no seal 3.0 oz-in typical with IP66 shaft seal Moment of Inertia .....5.2 x 10 -4 oz-in-sec 2 Max Acceleration ......1 x 10 5 rad/sec 2 Connector Type ........6-, 7-, and 10-pin MS Style, 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm), 9-pin D-subminiature, or gland with 24 inches of cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors), 10-pin Bayonet Housing.....................Black non-corrosive finish Bearings....................Precision ABEC ball bearings Weight.......................14 oz typical

Environmental Operating Temp ........0° to 70° C for standard models 0° to 100° C for high temperature option (0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options.) Storage Temp ...........-25° to +85° C Humidity ....................98% RH non-condensing Vibration....................20 g @ 58 to 500 Hz Shock ........................75 g @ 11 ms duration Sealing ......................IP66 (NEMA 13 and 4/4X) with shaft seal; IP64 available

Model 702 With Integral Coupling (I)

Model 702 With Integral Coupling And Boss (B)



Wiring Table

Gland 5-pin 8-pin 10-pin 7-pin 7-pin 6-pin 9-pin 10-pin Cable M122 M122 MS MS MS MS D-sub Bayo- HV,H5 PU, PP, PU, PP,Wire netOC, P5 OC, P5Function Color 3Com BlackFFF79FA, F

+VDC

A



Red

White

Brown

Blue

1

4

----

2

2

1

3

4

5

6

8 --------

D

A

H

B

I

C

J

G----

D

A

C

B

E----

----

G----

D

A

----

B----

C

----

G----

B

D

----

E----

C----

--------

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8----

D

A

H

B

J

C

K

G----

A'

B

B'

Z


1

Z'Case GreenShield Bare1

Violet ----Orange 5Yellow ----

--------

2




31

Small Motor Solutions

ll) ma (S C MA MD NE P er p ep St rvo Se ss vo hle er us h SBr rus B

Model260 Ø2.0”

Op toHI -AS -Te ICIP6 mp 4/IM1 P65 2 O Se pti al on

√ √ √ √

Features/BenefitsBroadly versatile design enables application to low and fractHP NEMA motors with bore sizes up to 0.625” or demandinghi-performance BLDC servo when configured with commutation otracks and 120 C temp rating. Largest bore size (0.625”or 15 mm) in the 2.00” O.D. class, making it a cost-effectivereplacement solution for many HS20 & HS25 type installations.

Finely engineered for demanding high-speed applications above10,000 RPM. The only all-metal modular encoder on the planet,featuring patented 1-2-3 gapping and centering design for quickand confident installation. With bore sizes up to 0.625” or 15 mmand commutation optional, the Model 121 is a reliable, all-metalupgrade from the fragile plastic modulars common in today'smarketplace.

With a host of US, European & Japanese flex mount options,and bore sizes up to 0.375” or 10 mm, the Model 15T/H is ahighly versatile solution for a broad range of both motor andnon-motor-mount applications. A short 1.00” over-all height,resolutions to 10,000 CPR, and optional commutation makesthe Model 15T is an ideal upgrade from less reliable modularencoders.

EPC still actively supports this integrated encoder and couplingmount design, originally employed by motor manufacturer’s priorto the advent of today’s high-temp, thru-bore encoders. The755A-NEMA is still a viable alternative for new applications wheremotor shaft run-out exceeds comfortable limits of thru-bore flexmount designs. The 755A NEMA boasts resolutions up to 30,000CPR, and a frequency response up to 1MHz.

Historically selected as low cost digital alternative to tachometerson Permanent Magnet motors. Expansive Metric and Inch-Standard bore options (22 mm or 0.875”) enable application toeven larger frame motors. Flex Arm mounting kit and multipleconnection options provides universal application to most US andIEC motor designs.

Metric and inch-standard shaft options compliment a host ofUS, European and Japanese mounting flange options makingthe Model 15S a versatile solution for a broad range of legacyfield-replacement requirements. The small profile Model 15Shas optional commutation, up to 10,000 CPR resolution, and theability to handle the heat of high revving motors.

√ √ √ √ √

121 Ø2.1”

√ √ √ √ √

15T/H Ø1.5”

√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

755A NEMA

√ √ √ √ √

NEMA 23/34

225 Ø2.25”

√ √ √

15S Ø1.5”

√ √ √ √ √ √


Large Motor Solutions

C eD ram EC eF eI rg m La Fra EMA e rg N La ame IEC r e eF m rg ra MALa all F NE e P Sm ram t H c F all FraSm

Op to10 O-AS 0 ICIP C o 64 r > M1 /IP6 Tem 2O 5S p pt eal io n

Model

260 Ø2.00”

Features/Benefits Small diameter bearing set enables operating speeds to 7500RPM. “FB” flex arm tether accommodates mounting to 56 C-face motors (O.D.E.). 5-28 VDC regulated input voltage√ √ √ √ allows power supply from most any PLC or Drive source. M12 body-mount & in-line options complement system connector standardization.

Large thru-bore capability - up to 1.125" or 28 mm in Size 25 package. One encoder accommodates both small & large frame motors. IP66 sealing provides extended protection in high-contaminant & moisture environments. Proprietary√ √ √ √ Nylon composite housing enhances longevity in corrosive environments. Optional corrosive resistant version available.

√ √ √

25T Ø2.50”

√ √ √ √ √

775 776 Ø4.3”

√ √

Bore Sizes to 1.875” with Phenolic Inserts provide superior thermal and electrical isolation. Anti-rotation flex enables mounting to both 4.5” & 8.5”AK C-face’s (5.875” & 7.250” BC’s).√ Host of cable/connector options including MS, M12 & cable gland. √ √ √

770 Ø6.50” Fits Industry Standard “56C” mounting. “Double C-face” is standard, enabling the encoder to be “sandwiched” between the motor and another C-face device such as a brake or gearbox. Critical gapping, alignment, calibration assured via precision√ √ √ √ double bearing set; no special tools req’d! Host of cable/ connector options. Only “56C” on the market with 4096 CPR capability for hi-performance velocity and position control loops.

√

865T Ø6.50”

√ √ √

Fits Industry Standard “56C” mounting. 316 Stainless assuresmaximum corrosion protection in harsh food, beverage andchemical environments. IP66 combined with the 316 Stainlessprovides maximum wash-down protection. Only “56C” on themarket with 4096 CPR capability for hi-performance velocity andposition control loops.

√

771 Ø9.00” Fits larger motor frame sizes with 8.5” AK. “Double C-face” is standard. Optional protective cover affords IP65 sealing. Host of cable/connector options including MS, Latching Industrial,√ √ √ √ M12 & cable gland .

√ √


Model 711 p toNow u CPR!010,00


The Original Industry-Standard CubeFive Versatile Housing StylesThousands of ConfigurationsNew Resolutions Available to 10,000!

TMThe Model 711 Accu-Coder is the original, industry standard Cube encoder.Designed for compatibility with most programmable controllers, electronic counters,motion controllers, and motor drives, it is ideally suited for applications that requirea simple, symmetrical, unidirectional square wave output in a single channel format.Increasing critical performance specifications for the most popular resolutions and fea-tures advanced Opto-ASIC circuitry, a single chip design that eliminates many boardlevel components. This increases the reliability of an already dependable and durableencoder. With new options continually being added, we just keep getting better, andbetter!

Common ApplicationsFeedback For Counters, PLC's & Motors, Measuring For Packaging,Filling & Materials Handling Machines, Wire Winding, Film Extrusion


34

Model 711 Ordering GuideBlue type indicates price adder options. Not all configuration combinations may be available. Contact Customer Service for details.

711

MODEL711 Unidirectional Cube (Single Channel)

0256 S

OUTPUT TYPES Pull-Up ResistorO Open CollectorPP Push-PullHV Line Driver

HD1 6 S

SHAFT TYPES SingleD Double ended 5

S N


CYCLES PER REVOLUTION (CPR) 1-10,000See CPR Options below for available resolutions. (1271 and above is a price adder)

SHAFT DIAMETER 24 1/4", 0.250" 35 5/16", 0.3125" 10

6 3/8", 0.375"8 1/2", 0.500" 410 5/8", 0.625" 4



0001 thru 0189*0210 0240 02500305 0308 03150400 0480 05000700 0720 08001200 1250 12702500 3000 3600*8192 10,000

0193025603330512084015004096

019802760336058009601800*5000

0200029803500597100020006000

0205030003600600102420487200*

HOUSING TYPES2.25" Standard HousingS12.25" Standard Housing with IP50 Felt Shaft Seal 1IND12 Industrial Housing with IP65 Shaft SealHD1 3" x 3" x 6" Heavy Duty HousingHD3 Heavy Duty Housing with Conduit Connector & Terminal StripHD5 Heavy Duty Housing with 10 mm Outer BearingHD10 Heavy Duty Housing with Ultra Heavy Duty Bearings, 0.625" or 0.500" ShaftHD12 Heavy Duty Housing with IP65 Outer Shaft SealHD14 Heavy Duty Housing with IP65 Shaft Seal and with Conduit Connector & Terminal Strip5PYStandard Cube With 5PY Adaptor 9EXExplosion-proof Housing

SYjKGTB

CONNECTOR TYPE 8Standard 6-pin MS Style7-pin MS Style5-pin M12 (12 mm) 58-pin M12 (12 mm) 5Gland Nut - 18" Cable 6Solder or Screw Terminal 7Solder Terminal with Conduit Box

*Contact Customer Service For Availability

Contact Customer Service for other disk resolutions; not all diskresolutions available with all output types

NOTES:1 Available with 0.250" shaft only.2 Contact Customer Service for custom shaft lengths and diameters.3 Standard housing only.4 HD10 housing only.5 Not available for HD or EX housings.6 For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: G/6 = 6 feet of cable. For CPR > 2500. Standard cable length only.7 Screw terminals available for HD and EX housings. Solder terminals available for S and S1 housings.8 For Mating Connectors, Cables, and Cordsets see www.encoder.com.9 Only available with 5/16" (0.3125") sha ft.10 Standard or 5PY housing only.


Model 711

Electrical

Model 711 SpecificationsCommon to All Cube Housing Styles

Input Voltage.............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 85° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 85° C and 100° C.Input Current.............80 mA maximum with no output loadInput Ripple ..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHzOutput Format ..........Incremental- Square wave with single channelOutput Types ............Open Collector- 250 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 250 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply)Max Frequency..........1 to 2500 CPR 125 kHz, 2501 to 5000 CPR 250 kHz, 5001 to 10,000 CPR 500 kHz Standard Cube- 0 to 20 kHz

Symmetry .................180° (±18°) electricalRise Time..................Less than 1 microsecondAccuracy................... Within 0.05° mechanical from one cycle to any other cycle, or 3 arc minutes.

Max Speed................6000 RPM. Higher shaft speeds achievable, contact Customer Service.Shaft Material............303 stainless steelHousing..................... Black non-corrosive finished 6063-T6 aluminumBearings .................. Precision ABEC Ball Bearings

Mechanical

Electrical Conn..........6-, 7-, or 10-pin MS Style, 5-, or 8-pin M12 (12 mm), Gland with 18" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors), Solder Terminal, or Solder Terminal with conduit box

EnvironmentalOperating Temp.........0° to 85° C or 0° to 100° C at 5 to 24 VDCStorage Temp............-25° to +85° CHumidity ....................98% RH non-condensingVibration....................10 g @ 58 to 500 HzShock ........................50 g @ 11 ms duration

Waveform Diagram

Cube Pivot Bracket

Wiring Table

Gland 5-pin 8-pin 10-pin 7-pin 7-pin 6-pin 6-pin Term. Term. Cable M12 M12 MS MS MS MS MS Block Block O, SHVHV O, S, HV,O, SHVWire NoNoPPPPPPFunction ColorIndexIndex

Com

+VDC

A

A'

Case

Shield

Black

Red

White

Brown

----

Bare

3

1

4

----

----

----

7

2

1

3

----

----

F

D

A

H

G

----

F

D

A

C

G

----

F

D

A

----

G

----

A

B

C

D

----

----

A, F

B

D

----

----

----

1

2

3

4

----

----

1, 6

2

4

----

----

----Dual Wheel Single Wheel, Stainless Steel

Spring, Mounting Bracket

176430-01Single Pivot Mounting Bracket

176431-01Double Pivot Mounting Bracket

176430-02Spring Loaded Single Pivot Mounting Bracket

176431-02Spring Loaded Double Pivot Mounting Bracket

Standard Cube Housing (S, S1)Cube Housing With 1/4" Shaft (4) Cube Housing With 3/8" Shaft (6)

Standard Cube Housing (S, S1)Specifications

Mechanical

Shaft Size..................0.250" or 0.375"Shaft Type................. Single or double-ended (specify choice)Radial Loading .........15 lb maximum (0.250" diameter shaft) 40 lb maximum (0.375" diameter shaft)Axial Loading.............10 lb maximum (0.250" diameter shaft) 30 lb maximum (0.375" diameter shaft)Starting Torque..........0.13 oz-in typical for 0.250" shaft 0.38 oz-in typical for 0.375" shaftMoment of Inertia......6.5 x 10-6 oz-in-sec 2Mounting....................Tapped mounting holes on three sides for base or face mountingWeight........................10 oz for standard housing



35

Model 715


The Original Industry-Standard CubeFive Versatile Housing StylesThousands of ConfigurationsMany New Resolutions Available!

TMThe Model 715 Accu-Coder is ideally suited for applications requiring bi-directionalfeedback with a constant pulse width. The Model 715 is available in two versions.The Model 715-1 provides output pulses for clockwise shaft rotation on one channeland pulses for counterclockwise rotation on another. The Model 715-2 providesoutput pulses for counting on one channel while the other channel indicatesdirection of rotation. Increasing critical performance specifications for the mostpopular resolutions and features advanced Opto-ASIC circuitry, a single chip designthat eliminates many board level components. This increases the reliability ofan already dependable and durable encoder. With new options continuallybeing added, we just keep getting better, and better!

Common Applications



715-1

715-1715-2

MODELTwo ChannelsOne Channel andDirection Line

Measuring for Cut-To-Length, Labeling & Filling, Position Control, MotionFollowing, or Slaving ApplicationsIncrement

al Shaft Encoders

0256 .2

PULSE WIDTHValues from .01 to 100 milliseconds

N S

OUTPUT TYPES Pull-Up ResistorO Open Collector

HD1 6 S

SHAFT TYPES SingleD Double ended 5

S N

PULSE POLARITYP PositiveN Negative

PULSES PER REVOLUTION (PPR) 2 - 10,000See PPR Options below for available resolutions (1202 and above is a price adder)

SHAFT DIAMETER 24 1/4", 0.250" 35 5/16", 0.3125" 10

6 3/8", 0.375"8 1/2", 0.500" 410 5/8", 0.625" 4



Model 715 PPR Options

0001 thru 0189*0210 0240 02500305 0308 03330480 0500 05120800 0840 09601270 1800 2000

019302560336059710002048

019802760350060010242500

02000298036007001200

02050300040007201250

HOUSING TYPES2.25" Standard HousingS12.25" Standard Housing with IP50 Felt Shaft Seal1IND12 Industrial Housing with IP65 Shaft SealHD1 3" x 3" x 6" Heavy Duty HousingHD3 Heavy Duty Housing with Conduit Connector & Terminal StripHD5 Heavy Duty Housing with 10 mm Outer BearingHD10 Heavy Duty Housing with Ultra Heavy Duty Bearings, 0.625" or 0.500" ShaftHD12 Heavy Duty Housing with IP65 Outer Shaft SealHD14 Heavy Duty Housing with IP65 Shaft Seal and with Conduit Connector & Terminal Strip5PYStandard Cube With 5PY Adaptor 9EXExplosion-proof Housing

SjKGTB

CONNECTOR TYPE 8Standard 6-pin MS Style5-pin M12 (12 mm) 58-pin M12 (12 mm) 5Gland Nut - 18" Cable 6Solder or Screw Terminal 7Solder Terminal with ConduitBox

1x, 2x, and 4x, of all of the above resolutions are available



NOTES:1 Available with 0.250" shaft only.2 Contact Customer Service for custom shaft lengths and diameters.3 Standard housing only.4 HD10 housing only.5 Not available for HD or EX housings.6 For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: G/6 = 6 feet of cable.7 Screw terminals available for HD and EX housings. Solder terminals available for S and S1 housings.8 For Mating Connectors, Cables, and Cordsets see Electrical Accessories at www.encoder.com.9 Only available with 5/16" (0.3125") sha ft.10 Standard or 5PY housing only.


Model 715

Model 715 SpecificationsCommon to All Cube Housing Styles

Electrical

Input Voltage.............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 85° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 85° to 100°CInput Current.............80 mA maximum with no output loadInput Ripple ..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHzOutput Format ..........Incremental- Square wave with timed outputOutput Types ............Open Collector- 250 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 250 mA max per channelMax Frequency..........0 to 125 kHzRise Time.................. Less than 1 microsecondAccuracy ...................Within 0.05° mechanical from one cycle to any other cycle, or 3 arc minutes

Mechanical

Max Speed................6000 RPM. Higher shaft speeds achievable, contact Customer Service.Shaft Material............303 stainless steelHousing..................... Black non-corrosive finished 6063-T6 aluminumBearings .................. Precision ABEC Ball BearingsElectrical Conn..........5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm), gland nut with 18" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors), Solder or Screw Terminal, with or without Conduit Box.

Environmental

Operating Temp ........0° to 85° C or 0° to 100° C at 5 to 24 VDC

Storage Temp ...........-25° to +85° CHumidity ....................98% RH non-condensingVibration....................10 g @ 58 to 500 HzShock ........................50 g @ 11 ms duration

Waveform Diagrams

Model 715-1 Model 715-1 - Bi-directional EncoderThe 715-1 provides two output channels, one with a con-stant pulse width output on one channel for clockwiseshaft rotation, and on the other channel for counterclock-wise shaft rotation. Specify PPR in any even numberedvalue between 2 and 5000 std cube, or 2 and 10,000 forE-CubeTM. Specify any pulse width from 10 microsecondsto 100 milliseconds and pulse polarity. Some options re-quire Heavy Duty housing. The Line Driver output optionis not available.

Model 715-2

Wiring Table

Gland 5-pin 8-pin 6-pin Term. Cable M12 M12 MS Block WireFunction Color 3Com Black7 A, F 1, 6

+VDC

A

B

Shield

Red

White

Blue

Bare

1

4

2

----

2

1

4

----

B

D

E

----

2

4

5

----

Cube Pivot Bracket

176430-01Single Pivot Mounting Bracket

176431-01Double Pivot Mounting Bracket

176430-02Spring Loaded Single Pivot Mounting Bracket

176431-02Spring Loaded Double Pivot Mounting Bracket

Dual WheelSingle Wheel, Stainless SteelSpring, Mounting Bracket

Cube Housing With 3/8" Shaft (6)Standard Cube Housing (S, S1)

Cube Housing With 1/4" Shaft (4)


Mechanical

Shaft Size..................0.250" or 0.375"Shaft Type ................Single or double-ended (specify choice)Radial Loading .........15 lb maximum (0.250" diameter shaft) 40 lb maximum (0.375" diameter shaft)Axial Loading ............10 lb maximum (0.250" diameter shaft) 30 lb maximum (0.375" diameter shaft)Starting Torque .........0.13 oz-in typical for 0.250" shaft 0.38 oz-in typical for 0.375" shaftMoment of Inertia .....6.5 x 10 -6 oz-in-sec 2Mounting ...................Tapped mounting holes on three sides for base or face mountingWeight.......................10 oz for standard housing



37

Model 715-2 - Bi-directional EncoderThe 715-2 provides two output channels,one channel has a constant pulse widthoutput regardless of shaft rotation. The otherchannel an up/down direction line with logiclevel “1” for clockwise shaft rotation, andlevel “0” for counterclockwise shaft rotation.Options are the same as for the Model 715-1.

Model 716 p toNow u CPR!010,00

••••

FeaturesThe Original Industry-Standard CubeFive Versatile Housing StylesThousands of ConfigurationsNew Resolutions Available to 10,000!

TMThe Model 716 Accu-Coder is ideally suited for applications requiring a quadratureoutput. Designed for compatibility with most programmable controllers, electroniccounters, motion controllers, and motor drives, it is ideally suited for industrialapplications where it is important that the direction of rotation be known. Increasingcritical performance specifications for the most popular resolutions and featuresadvanced Opto-ASIC circuitry, a single chip design that eliminates many board levelcomponents. This increases the reliability of an already dependable and durableencoder. With new options continually being added, we just keep getting better,and better!

Common ApplicationsFeedback for counters, PLC’s & Motors, Cut To Length, Labeling,Measuring For Packaging, Filling & Materials Handling Machines,Wire Winding, Film Extrusion


38

Model 716 Ordering GuideBlue type indicates price adder options. Not all configuration combinations may be available. Contact Customer Service for details. 8

716

MODEL716 Quadrature Cube

0256 1

INDEX PULSEBlank No Index1Index Pulse

N

SOPPHV

S

OUTPUT TYPE Pull-Up Resistor Open Collector Push-Pull Line Driver

HD1 6

SHAFT DIAMETER 24 1/4", 0.250" 35 5/16", 0.3125" 11

6 3/8", 0.375"8 1/2", 0.500" 410 5/8", 0.625" 4

S S N


CYCLES PER REVOLUTION (CPR) 1-10,000See CPR Options below for available resolutions. (601 and above is a price adder)

PULSE POLARITY 8P PositiveN Negative SHAFT TYPE

S SingleD Double ended 5

CONNECTOR TYPE 9Standard 6-pin MS Style7-pin MS Style10-pin MS Style5-pin M12 (12 mm) 58-pin M12 (12 mm) 5Gland Nut - 18" Cable 6Solder or Screw Terminal 7Solder Terminal with Conduit Box



0001 thru 0189*0210 0240 02500305 0308 03150400 0480 05000700 0720 08001200 1250 12702500 3000 3600*8192 10,000

0193025603330512084015004096

019802760336058009601800*5000

0200029803500597100020006000

0205030003600600102420487200*

HOUSING TYPES 2.25" Standard HousingS1 2.25" Standard Housing with IP50 Felt Shaft Seal 1IND12 Industrial Housing with IP65 Shaft SealHD13" x 3" x 6" Heavy Duty HousingHD3Heavy Duty Housing with Conduit Connector & Terminal StripHD5Heavy Duty Housing with 10 mm Outer BearingHD10 Heavy Duty Housing with Ultra Heavy Duty Bearings, 0.625" or 0.500" ShaftHD12 Heavy Duty Housing with IP65 Outer Shaft SealHD14 Heavy Duty Housing with IP65 Shaft Seal and with Conduit Connector & Terminal Strip5PYStandard Cube With 5PY Adaptor 11

EXExplosion-proof Housing

SYXjKGTB


Contact Customer Service for other disk resolutions; not all diskresolutions available with all output types

NOTES:1 Available with 0.250" shaft only.2 Contact Customer Service for custom shaft lengths and diameters.3 Standard housing only.4 HD10 housing only.5 Not available for HD or EX housings.6 For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: G/6 = 6 feet of cable. For CPR > 2500. Standard cable length only.7 Screw terminals available for HD and EX housings. Solder terminals available for S and S1 housings.8 Complete only if Index Pulse option is selected.9 For Mating Connectors, Cables, and Cordsets see www.encoder.com10 Only available with 5/16" (0.3125") shaf t.11 Standard or 5PY housing only.


Model 716Model 716 SpecificationsCommon to All Cube Housing StylesElectrical

Input Voltage.............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 85° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 85° C and 100° C.Input Current.............80 mA maximum with no output loadInput Ripple ..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHzOutput Format ..........Incremental- Square wave with single channelOutput Types ............Open Collector- 250 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 250 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply)Max Frequency..........1 to 2500 CPR 125 kHz, 2501 to 5000 CPR 250 kHz, 5001 to 10,000 CPR 500 kHz Standard Cube- 0 to 20 kHzIndex .........................Standard Cube- Once per revolution, 180° electrical minimum non-gated

Symmetry .................180° (±18°) electricalQuad Phasing...........90° (±22.5°) electrical

Rise Time..................Less than 1 microsecondAccuracy ...................Within 0.05° mechanical from one cycle to any other cycle, or 3 arc minutes

EnvironmentalOperating Temp ........0° to 85° C or 0° to 100° C at 5 to 24 VDCStorage Temp ...........-25° to +85° CHumidity ....................98% RH non-condensingVibration....................10 g @ 58 to 500 HzShock ........................50 g @ 11 ms duration

Mechanical

Max Speed................6000 RPM. Higher shaft speeds achievable, contact Customer Service.Shaft Material............303 stainless steelHousing..................... Black non-corrosive finished 6063-T6 aluminumBearings .................. Precision ABEC Ball BearingsElectrical Conn..........Refer to ordering guide notes

Waveform Diagrams

Line Driver and Push-Pull Wiring Table

Gland 5-pin 8-pin 10-pin 7-pin 7-pin 6-pin 6-pin Term. Term. Cable M12 M12 MS MS MS MS MS Block Block O, SO, SO, SHVHVHVWire NoNoPPPPPPFunction ColorIndexIndex

Com

+VDC

A

A'

B

Black

Red

White

Brown

Blue

Violet

Orange

Yellow

1

Cube Pivot Bracket

3

1

4

----

2

----

5

----

----

----

7

2

1

3

4

5

6

8

----

----

F

D

A

H

B

I

C

J

G

----

F

D

A

C

B

E

----

----

G

----

F

D

A

----

B

----

C

----

G

----

A

B

C

D

E

F

----

----

----

----

A, F

B

D

----

E

----

1

2

3

4

5

6

----

----

----

----

1, 6

2

4

----

5

----

3

----

----

----



B'

Z

Z'

Shield

1

C

----

----

----

Open Collector and Pull-UpCase Green

Bare

E-cube OnlyDual Wheel

Single Wheel, Stainless SteelSpring, Mounting Bracket

Standard Cube Housing (S, S1)


Mechanical

Shaft Size .................0.250" or 0.375"Shaft Type ................Single or double-ended (specify choice)Radial Loading .........15 lb maximum (0.250" diameter shaft) 40 lb maximum (0.375" diameter shaft)Axial Loading ............10 lb maximum (0.250" diameter shaft) 30 lb maximum (0.375" diameter shaft)Starting Torque .........0.13 oz-in typical for 0.250" shaft 0.38 oz-in typical for 0.375" shaftMoment of Inertia .....6.5 x 10-6 oz-in-sec2Mounting ...................Tapped mounting holes on three sides for base or face mountingWeight.......................10 oz for standard housing

Cube Housing With 1/4" Shaft (4) Cube Housing With 3/8" Shaft (6)



39

176430-01 Single Pivot Mounting Bracket176431-01 Double Pivot Mounting Bracket176430-02 Spring Loaded Single Pivot Mounting Bracket176431-02 Spring Loaded Double Pivot Mounting Bracket

Cube HousingsIndustrial Cube Housing (IND12)

Industrial Housing FeaturesThis more robust unit meets requirements between Standard and Heavy Duty housings while retaining the Cube design. The Industrial 12 (IND12) model featuresan IP65 shaft seal. The tough, sealed aluminum housing has a wall thickness of 0.187" and offers greater protection from wash down, sprays, dust, moisture,shock, vibration, and other hazards found in industrial environments.

Industrial Cube Housing (IND12)Specifications

Refer to all Standard Cube Housing specifications exceptas follows:

Shaft Size.................... 0.375" diameterShaft Type ................... Single- or Double-Ended Shaft AvailableRadial Loading ............ 40 lb MaximumAxial Loading .............. 30 lb MaximumStarting Torque ............ 3 oz-in Starting Torque w/IP65 Shaft Seal


Mechanical

Heavy Duty Cube Housing (HD12)

The Heavy Duty housing uses a separate 0.375" diameter external shaft and bearing assembly torotate the shaft of an internally mounted Cube Housing. This provides mechanical isolation fromexternal loads and stress. A flexible coupling between the external shaft and the encoder protects theinternal unit from axial and radial loading. The 0.250" aluminum walls protect the encoder fromexternal shock, vibration, and the outside environment.

Heavy Duty Housing Options

•••••

HD 1 Heavy Duty 3" X 6" housing HD 3 Heavy Duty w/conduit connector (threaded for 0.500” NPT Conduit) and terminal strip HD 5 Heavy Duty w/10 mm outer bearing HD 12* Heavy Duty w/IP65 rated outer shaft seal HD 14* Heavy Duty w/IP65 rated outer shaft seal, conduit connector (threaded for 0.500” NPT Conduit), and terminal strip* These units have an outer boss diameter of 1.000"

Heavy Duty Cube Housing(HD12) Specifications

Max Speed ............................... 6000 RPMShaft Size ................................. 0.375"Rotation .................................... Either directionRadial Loading ......................... 40 lb maximum (50 lb for HD 5)Axial Loading ............................ 30 lb maximum (35 lb for HD 5)Bearings ................................... Precision ABEC ball bearingsStarting Torque ......................... 1 oz-in; 3 oz-in w/IP65 sealMounting ................................... Tapped holes face and baseWeight ...................................... 3.25 lb


40

Refer to all cube specifications except as follows:Mechanical

Ultra Heavy Duty Cube Housing (HD10)

The HD 10 Ultra Heavy Duty encoder is designed for use in applications with severe shaft loadingconditions. The HD 10 offers two shaft sizes: 0.500" and 0.625". Shaft material is 303 stainless steel.Bearings are conservatively rated at 95 lb radial and 60 lb axial shaft loading. IP65 shaft seal isstandard on all units.

The HD 10 Ultra Heavy Duty housing uses a larger external shaft and R10 bearing assembly to rotatethe shaft of an internally mounted Cube Housing. This provides mechanical isolation from externalloads and stress. A flexible coupling between the external shaft and the encoder protects the internalunit from axial and radial loading. The 0.250" aluminum walls protect the encoder from externalshock, vibration, and the outside environment.

Ultra Heavy Duty CubeHousing (HD 10) Specifications


Max Speed ................................. 6000 RPMShaft Size ................................... 0.500" or 0.625"Rotation ...................................... Either directionRadial Loading ........................... 95 lb operatingAxial Loading .............................. 60 lb operatingBearings ..................................... ABEC precision ball bearingsBearing Life ................................ 15,000 hours at rated loadStarting Torque ........................... 3 oz-in IP65 ratedMounting ..................................... Tapped holes face and baseWeight ........................................ 3.85 lb


Cube HousingsUltra Heavy Duty Cube Housing (HD10)

(Continued)

All dimensions are in inches with a tolerance of +0.005” or +0.01” unless otherwise specified

Explosion-Proof Housing (EX)

An explosion-proof housing is available for installing the Cube Series Accu-Coder™ in hazardouslocations. The Cube Series encoder is mounted within the explosion-proof housing and is coupledto the 0.375" shaft assembly by a flexible shaft coupling. This decreases radial and axial loading onthe internal encoder shaft and bearings to ensure long life. Electrical connection to the Accu-Coder™is by an internal barrier terminal strip. A threaded hole for 0.500" NPT conduit is provided.

Explosion-Proof Housing(EX) Specifications

The explosion-proof housing is designed to meetthe following:

NEC Class 1, Groups C and DNEC Class 2, Groups E, F, and GUL Standard 1203Class 1, Division 1, Groups C and DClass 2, Division 1, Groups E, F, and GCSA Standard C 22.2 No. 30-M 1986

NEMA 7 and NEMA 9


Max Speed ............................... 4000 RPMRadial Loading ......................... 30 lb operatingAxial Loading ............................ 10 lb operatingWeight ...................................... 6 lbFinish ...................................... Unpainted Aluminum

Cube Series Optional 5PY Adapter (175443)

The all aluminum optional 5PY adapter allows any standard housing Cube Series encoder to replace DC tachometer technology. The 5PY adapter is inter-changeable with any 5PY tach generator.

Ordering InformationOrder standard housing Cube Series Accu-Coder™ with 5/16” shaft and specify Accessory Part #175443.




41

Model 15S


Very High Performance Economical EncoderLow Profile- Less Than 1.0" (25.4 mm) Height and 1.5" (38 mm) DiameterExtended Temperature Operating Ranges AvailableUp To 12 Pole Commutation Optional (for brushless motor control)

TMThe Model 15S Accu-Coder offers a high performance feedback solution in a low pro-file package, making the Model 15S ideal for commercial and light-duty industrialapplications. This industry standard Size 15 (1.5" diameter) encoder features a precisionbearing set, sealing available to IP64, a durable stainless steel shaft, and a selectionof servo, flange, and face mount options. The Model 15S may also be specified withfeatures such as extended operating temperatures from -20° C to +120° C, or up to 12pole commutation for brushless motor control. The Model 15S features EPC'sOpto-ASIC circuitry for a clean, reliable signal. Its durable, yet economical designmakes it an ideal encoder for high precision OEM applications.

Common Applications

Ø1.5"Model 15S Ordering Guide

Mechanical

Servo Motor Control, Robotics, Medical Diagnostic Equipment, SpecialtyAssembly Machines, Digital Plotters, Printers, Typesetting Equipment


42


Electrical Leave Blank For Standard Options-20o to +85oC StdIP50 Std

Optional Features

15S 19 M1 0500

CYCLES PER REVOLUTIONSee CPR Options below Price adder >1800

N 5

INPUT VOLTAGE5 5 VDCV1 5 to 28 VDC

A OC F00

OPERATING TEMPERATURE -20° to +85° C (Std)T1 -40° to +85° CT2 -20° to +100° CT3 -20° to +120° C 9


SEALING IP50 (Std)S1 IP64

SHAFT SIZE 121 3/16", 0.1875"23 4 mm19 1/4", 0.250"20 6 mm

MODEL15S Shaft Mount

M1M2M3M4M5M6M7M8M9

Model 15S CPR Options0001 thru 0189*02560300050005120800100012501500+250025404096+5000+ +10,000

019803150580102418003000+6000+

COMMUTATION 2 N No Commutation A 4 Pole B 6 PoleMOUNTING3 hole 28 mm BC Servo Mount C 8 Pole3 hole 1.210" BC Servo Mount E 10 Pole D 12 Pole2.093" Square Flange2.096" Servo Mount NUMBER OF CHANNELS3

4 hole 1.100" Servo Mount A Channel A4 hole 1.000" Servo Mount Channel A Leads B4 hole 1.181" Servo Mount Q Quadrature A & B3 hole 1.181" Servo Mount R Quadrature A & B with Index3 hole 1.210" BC Servo Mount Channel B Leads A10

K Reverse Quadrature A & B D Reverse Quadrature A & B with Index

CONNECTOR TYPEF00 18" Cable 4 (Std)F01 12" CableF02 24" CableF03 36" CableM00 2M Cable 5j00 18" Cable with 5-pin M12 7K00 18" Cable with 8-pin M12 7

OCPPHVPUOD

OUTPUT TYPEOpen CollectorPush-PullLine DriverPull-Up Resistor 8Open Collector withDifferential Outputs


Available on specialrequest. Additional leadtimes may apply:LO Line Driver on ABZ, Open Collector on UVW 8


02000360060011252000+36007200

025004000750120020484000+8192+

+Not available in 12V option

New CPR values are periodically added to those listed.Contact Customer Service to determine all currently available val-ues. Special disk resolutions are available upon request and maybe subject to a one-time NRE fee.

NOTES:1 Contact Customer Service for additional options not shown.2 Not available in all configurations, and not available with V1 Input Voltage. Contact Customer Service for availability.3 Contact Customer Service for non-standard index gating or phase relationship options.4 For non-standard English cable lengths enter ‘F’ plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: F06 = 6 feet of cable. Frequency above 300 kHz standard cable lengths only.5 For non-standard metric cable lengths enter ‘M’ plus cable length expressed in meters. Example: M06 = 6 meters of cable.6 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com.7 Not available with commutation. 5-pin not available with Line Driver (HV, OD, LO) outputs. Additional cable lengths available. Please contact Customer Service.8 With Input Voltage above 16 VDC, operating temperature is limited to 85o C.9 Only available with 5 VDC Input Voltage10 Reverse Quadrature not available with PU output type.

1-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected] January 2011

Model 15S

Model 15S Specifications

ElectricalInput Voltage ........... 5 VDC +10% Fixed Voltage 4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 85° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 85° to 100° CInput Current ........... 100 mA max (65 mA typical) with no output loadOutput Format ......... Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the encoder mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams.Output Types ........... Open Collector- 20 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Pull-Up- Open collector with 2.2K ohm Pull-Up 20mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply)Index ....................... Once per revolution. 190 to 10,000 CPR: Gated to output A 1 to 189 CPR: Ungated See Waveform Diagrams.Max. Frequency ...... Standard Frequency Response is 200 kHz for CPR 1 to 2540 500 kHz for CPR 2541 to 5000 1 MHz for CPR 5001 to 10,000 Extended Frequency Response (optional) is 300 kHz for CPR 2000, 2048, 2500, and 2540Noise Immunity ....... Tested to BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2; BS EN61000-4-2; BS EN61000-4-3; BS EN61000-4-6, BS EN500811Symmetry ................ 180° (±18°) electricalQuad. Phasing ........ 90° (±22.5°) electricalMin. Edge Sep ........ 67.5° electricalAccuracy ................. Within 0.017° mechanical or 1 arc-minute from true position. (for CPR>189)Commutation ........... Up to 12 pole. Contact Customer Service for availability.Comm. Accuracy ..... 1° mechanical

Model 15S Standard Servo Mount M1

CABLE LENGTH18" [457]STANDARD

LTR - A

REVISIONS DESCRIPTIONINITIAL RELEASEECO #02531 GMA

DATE03/30/0403/16/06

M3 0.18 [4.57] DEEP3X 120° Ø1.102 [28.00] B.C.

0.100 [2.54]0.312 [7.92]0.500 [12.70]

0.020 [0.51]Ø0.2498+0.0000 [6.34+0.00 ]-0.01-0.0004

Ø0.7870+0.0000-0.0005

[Ø19.990 +0.000 ]-0.0130.158 [4.01]

15-SERV1A

1.5[38]

0.76 [19.3]

Model 15S Servo Mount M2 & M9*

*M9 mount includes a 0.750" boss

ISSUE DATE

NEXT ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLY

PART NUMBER

E PCENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANY NAME AND TITLEINITIAL DATEDRBSR 1/05/04 MODEL 15 SERVO MOUNTCK DWG NUMBERQC 15-serv1MFG DWG SIZESCALE NONEPRJ ENGB

REVISIONS DESCRIPTIONINITIAL RELEASE

ASHEET OF 11

LTR -

DATE08/15/06

Model 15S Servo Mount M5

Ø0.8745±0.0005 [Ø22.212±0.013]

Ø1.437+0.000 [Ø36.50+0.00]

CABLE LENGTH18" [457] STANDARD

-0.005-0.13

1.022 [25.96]

.132 [3.36]

.040 [1.02]

.50 [12.8]

1.5 [38]

MechanicalMax Shaft Speed .... 8000 RPM. Higher speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service.Shaft Material ......... Stainless SteelRadial Shaft Load .. 5 lb max. Rated load of 2 to 3 lb for bearing life of 1.2 x 10 10 revolutionsAxial Shaft Load ...... 5 lb max. Rated load of 2 to 3 lb for bearing life of 1.2 x 1010 revolutionsStarting Torque ........ IP50 0.05 oz-in IP64- 0.4 oz-inMoment of Inertia .... 6.7 x 10 -5 oz-in-sec 2 (4.8 gm-cm 2)Max Acceleration ..... 1 x 10 5 rad/sec 2Electrical Conn ........ 18" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors non-commutated, 28 AWG commutated), 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm) in- line connector with 18" cable (braid shield)Weight ..................... 3 oz typical

4-40 UNC-2B.300 [7.62] DEEP4X @ 90°Ø1.100 B.C.

Ø0.2498+0.0000 [Ø6.345+0.000]-0.010-0.0004

ONLY

LTR -

Ø1.3115±0.0005 [Ø33.312±0.013]

15-serv5

REVISIONS .093 [2.36]DESCRIPTIONINITIAL RELEASE.078 [1.98]

DATE1/3/07

Model 15S Servo Mount M6ISSUE DATE

CABLE LENGTH NEXT ASSEMBLY 18" [457] STANDARD PREV ASSEMBLY

PART NUMBER

TOLERANCEDECIMAL+0.000Ø0.6875 -0.001+- .005[Ø17.462 +0.00]-0.03DECIMAL + .01-ANGULAR +Ø1.500- .1°

E PCENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANY

EnvironmentalOperating Temp....... -20° to +85° C for standard models -40° to +85° C for low temperature option -20° to +100° C for high temperature option -20° to +120° C for extreme temperature optionStorage Temp .......... -25° to +85° CHumidity .................. 98% RH non-condensingVibration .................. 10 g @ 58 to 500 HzShock ...................... 80 g @ 11 ms durationSealing .................... IP50 standard; IP64 available

INITIAL DATE NAME AND TITLE 0.60 [15.2]DR NNP 8/15/06 MODEL 15 SERVO MOUNT #5CK DWG NUMBERQC 15-serv5MFG DWG SIZESCALE NONEPRJ ENGB

1.5[38]

REV.

-SHEET OF 11

Ø0.2498+0.0000-0.0004

[6.34+0.00]-0.01

0.120 [3.04]

M3X0.5 -6H 0.187 DEEP4X Ø1.000 B.C.

0.80 [20.4]

15-serv6


ISSUE DATE

NEXT ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLY

TOLERANCE

DECIMAL +- .005DECIMAL +- .01

PE C ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANY

1-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected] INITIAL DATE NAME AND TITLEDR TLM 1/03/07 MODEL 15 1.5 Rnd. ServoCK DWG NUMBERQC


43REV.

TOLERANCEDECIMAL +.005-DECIMAL + .01-ANGULAR +- .1°

REV.

Model 15S



M3 0.18 [4.57] DEEP4X 90° Ø1.181 [30.00] B.C.

LTR -

REVISIONS DESCRIPTIONINITIAL RELEASE

DATE02/21/07

REVISIONSLTR

-

DESCRIPTION

INITIAL RELEASE

DATE

Waveform Diagrams

0.100 [2.54]0.312 [7.92]0.500 [12.70]

INCREMENTAL SIGNALS

OUTPUT A

OUTPUT A

OUTPUT B

0.020 [0.51]

Ø0.2498+0.0000 [6.34+0.00]-0.01-0.0004

Ø0.7870+0.0000-0.0005

[Ø19.990+0.000]-0.013

0.158 [4.01]

15-SERV7

1.5[38]

OUTPUT B

gated to A = 180°ungated approx. = 270°

INDEX Z

INDEX Z gated to A = 180°ungated approx. = 270°

0.76 [19.3]COMMUTATION SIGNALS

OUTPUT U

Note: Rising edge ofChan. U occurs within±1° mechanicalto center of Index Z.

Model 15S Servo Mount M4OUTPUT U

120°

OUTPUT V

OUTPUT V

120°

ISSUE DATE

NEXT ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLY

PART NUMBER

TOLERANCEDECIMAL +- .005DECIMAL + .01-ANGULAR +- .1°

ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANY NAME AND TITLEINITIAL DATEDR TLM 2/21/07 MODEL 15 #7 SERVO MOUNTCK DWG NUMBERQC 15-serv7MFG DWG SIZESCALE NONEPRJ ENGB

E PC OUTPUT W

OUTPUT W


44

REV.15wave

CLOCKWISE ROTATION

-SHEET OF 11

ISSUE DATE

04/22/04


TOLERANCEDECIMAL

+-

E

INITIAL

PC

DATE

ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANYNAME AND TITLENEXT ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLY

.005

.01

DR SKW 7/24/03

CK

QC

MFG

DECIMAL

+-

PART NUMBER

Wiring TableDWG NUMBER

DWG SIZE

LINE DRIVER AND COMM. OUTPUT WAVEFORM

ANGULAR

+-

Model 15S Square Flange M3.1°AN/A5-pin 8-pinCableFunction Wire Color M12** M12** ComBlack37 * CE Option: Cable shield (bare wire)

21White+ VDC is connected

ABrown14to internal case

--A'Yellow3 **Non-CE Option: Cable shield is

RedB24 connected to M12

--B'Green5connector body.

CE Option: CableOrange56Z shield and M12--Z'Blue8 connector body is

---- connected to internalUViolet -- case.--U'Gray ----VPink ----V'Tan ----WRed/Green ----W'Red/Yellow ----Bare *Shield

PRJ ENG SCALE

15waveREV.

-

SHEET 1 OF1



M3 0.18 [457] DEEP3X 120o O1.181 [30.00] B.C.

Connector Pin-Outs

0.100 [2.54]0.312 [7.92]0.500 [12.70] 2 1

4

12 8 73 45 6

0.815 MAX HEIGHT 0.520 MAX

HEIGHT

1.5[38]

35

LTR ECOF ECOG H ECO

5-pin M12

8-pin M12

0

0.020 [0.51]

O0.2498 +0.0000-0.00004

O0.7870 +0.0000-0.00005

[O19.990 +0.000 ]-0.013

6.34 +0.00-0.01

0.158 [4.01]

0.76 [19.3]1

2

10 P 12

3 114

5

9 8

7

6

0.550 MAX HEIGHT

HA BG KJ C DF E


12-pin10-pinBayonet

1-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected] January 2011PIN 1

EPC has the Solution

Replacing your foreign encoder has never been simpler.

Model 15S

Competitors Model

Model 15T Model 15H

DRC 730DRC 731DRC H15DRC T23SADynapar M14SCDynapar M15SFDynapar M21SFDynapar F14SB, SFRenco RHS15SFRenco RCM15SCSumtak IRH3SDSumtak IRT3SDSumtak LBK/LDASA, SFTurck 8.3720 Models 15T and 15H are the superior choice for yourSF

Our Model 15S has more mounting face options than any other 1.5” shaft15T/H Flex

encoder. A variety of bosses andMount BC

SA bolt hole patterns will provide cross- SA reference adaptability like no other SF encoder.

servo or stepper motor application. Endurance inHigh Temperatures, High Resolution Performance,Commutation, and Flexible Mounting Options makethe 15T/H an unbeatable encoder.

15SMounting Face Competitors Model

The Model 15 can be crossed tomany encoders- this is NOT acomplete list. Please contactCustomer Service for additionalofferings and to ensure completeand accurate cross-referencing.

Cross References: Competitors Model

15T/H Flex Mount BC

Omron E6B2Sumtak LBL

Automation Dir TRDSDRC 23DRC 77LDRC M2Dynapar E14Dynapar E23Nemicon OEWNemicon OVWRenco RS15Sumtak IRS3Tamagawa OIS38Tekel TK-15

M1 M4 M4M3, M4 M5 M6 M7 M1 M6 M1 M1 M6

M8M9

DRC 730DRC 731DRC H15DRC T23Dynapar M14Dynapar M15Dynapar M21Dynapar F14Renco RHS15Renco RCM15Sumtak IRH3Sumtak IRT3Sumtak LBK/LDATurck 8.3720

SA SA SF SA SC SF SFSB, SF SF SC SD SDSA, SF SF

15SFor specification assistance call Customer Service at 1-800-366-5412 Mounting

Competitors Model Face

Automation Dir TRDSM1 DRC 23M41-800-366-5412 DRC 77L• www.encoder.com • [email protected] M4 DRC M2M3, M4

45

Model 755A


Miniature Size (1.5" Diameter)Up to 30,000 Cycles Per RevolutionServo or Flange Mounting1 MHz Frequency Response AvailableExtended Temperature Operating Range Available

The Model 755A Size 15 Accu-CoderTM is ideal for applications requiring a small, highprecision, high performance encoder. Approximately 1.5" in diameter and 1.5" long, it willfit where many encoders cannot. Designed with all metal construction and shielded ballbearings, it will provide years of trouble-free use. The standard servo mount (S) ver-sion is available with a variety of shaft sizes and lengths. Three additional servo stylemounts (S1, S2, S3) are also available. The optional flange mounting (MF) is ideal forapplications requiring a bolt-on, high precision encoder. With its high reliability and quickdelivery, the Model 755A encoder is the perfect replacement encoder for less reliableencoders of this size.

Common Applications

Ø1.5"

Model 755A Ordering Guide

755A


Robotics, Assembly Machines, Motor-Mounted Feedback, Phototypesetters,Printers & Digital Plotters, Elevator Controls, Medical Diagnostic Equipment


46


07 S 1000


R HV


8 - 28V In/5V Out 5,9

H5 Line Driver P5 Push-Pull

1 S S CE


For specification assistance call Customer Serviceat 1-800-366-5412

OPERATINGTEMPERATUREL -40° to 70° CS 0° to 70° CH 0° to 100° C 2 NUMBER OF CHANNELS3

A Channel A



07080632

2019

SHAFT SIZE 11/4", 0.250"5 mm6 mm1/4", 0.250" Servo 1,2,or 3 only6 mm x 0.500"1/4", 0.250" x 0.500"

12534


SMFS1S2S3

SC01C02j00K00

CONNECTOR TYPEStandard 18" Cable 78-pin MolexTerminal Block18" Cable with 5-pin M12 10

18" Cable with 8-pin M12 10

For enhanced connectivity, available with an M12 in- line connector

Model 755A CPR Options

0001*0012*0033*0064*0200050008891270a2880a9000a20,480a

0002*0014*0034*01000240*05120900*14403000a10,000a25,000a

0004*00200035*012002500600100015003600a10,240a30,000a

0005*0021*0038*01250254*0625*102418004000a12,000a

0006*0024*0040*0128*0256*0635120020004096a12,500a

0007*0025*0042*0144*03000665*1201*a20485000a14,400a

0008*0028*0045*0150*0333*07201203*a2400a6000a15,000a

0010*0030*0050*0160*03600768*1204*a25007200a18,000a

0011*0032*00600192*040008001250a2540a7500a20,000a

MOUNTING & HOUSINGSStandard Servo MountSquare FlangeServo Mount (Choose shaft 32)Servo Mount (Choose shaft 32)Servo Mount (Choose shaft 32)



NOTES:1 Contact Customer Service for additional options.2 0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options.3 Contact Customer Service for index gating options.4 24 VDC max for high temperature option.5 Standard temperature, 60 to 3000 CPR only.6 Standard cable lengths only. For details, please refer to Technical Bulletin TB116: Noise and Signal Considerations at www.encoder.com.7 For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: S/6 = 6 feet of cable.8 Please refer to Tehcnical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option.9 H5 and P5 outputs are not available with CE option.10 5-pin not available with Line Driver (HV, H5) outputs. Additional cable lengths available. Please consult Customer Service.


Model 755A

Model 755A Specifications

Electrical Input Voltage.............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 70° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 70° C to 100° C Input Current.............100 mA max with no output load Input Ripple ..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHz Output Format ..........Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the encoder mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams below. Output Types ............Open Collector- 100 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 100 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply) Index .........................Occurs once per revolution. The index for units >3000 CPR is 90° gated to Outputs A and B. See Waveform Diagrams below. Max Frequency.........100 kHz std; Up to 1 MHz optional. (See Ordering Guide for availability) Noise Immunity.........Tested to BS EN61000-4-2; IEC801-3; BS EN61000-4-4; DDENV 50141; DDENV 50204; BS EN55022 (with European compliance option); BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2 Symmetry .................1 to 6000 CPR: 180° (±18°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 180° (±36°) electrical Quad Phasing...........1 to 6000 CPR: 90° (±22.5°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 90° (±36°) Min Edge Sep...........1 to 6000 CPR: 67.5° electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 54° electrical >20,480 CPR: 50° electrical Rise Time..................Less than 1 microsecond Accuracy ...................Instrument and Quadrature Error: For 200 to 1999 CPR, 0.017° mechanical (1.0 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. For 2000 to 3000 CPR, 0.01° mechanical (0.6 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. Interpolation error (units > 3000 CPR only) within 0.005° mechanical. (Total Optical Encoder Error = Instrument + Quadrature + Interpolation)

Mechanical Max Speed ...............7500 RPM. Higher shaft speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service. Shaft Size .................0.250", 5 mm, 6 mm Shaft Rotation...........Bi-directional Radial Shaft Load.....5 lb Axial Shaft Load .......3 lb Starting Torque .........0.14 oz-in typical 4.0 oz-in typical for -40° C operation Moment of Inertia .....2.8 x 10 -4 oz-in-sec 2 Max Acceleration ......1 x 10 5 rad/sec 2 Electrical Conn .........18" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors), 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm) in-line connector with 18" cable (braid shield), 8-pin Molex, Terminal Block Housing.....................Black non-corrosive finish Bearings....................Precision ABEC ball bearings Mounting ...................Servo or Optional Flange Weight.......................3.10 oz servo mount, typicalEnvironmental Operating Temp ........0° to 70° C for standard models -40° to 70° C for low temperature option 0° to 100° C for high temperature option (0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options.) Storage Temp ...........-25° to +85° C Humidity ....................98% RH non-condensing Vibration....................10 g @ 58 to 500 Hz Shock ........................50 g @ 11 ms duration

Model 755A Standard Servo Mount S

Model 755A Servo Mounts S1 and S2S2 Pictured below has a 0.750" Boss. S1 has a 0.547" Boss. See www.encoder.com to download drawings

S1

S2

Model 755A Servo Mount S3

Model 755A Square Flange MF


Waveform Diagrams

Line Driver and Push-Pull Wiring Table



8-pinM122

7 2

1

345

6 8-----




Z Z'Shield

1

2

Orange BlueBare1

6 5-----

6 5-----

5----------




47

Model 702 Shaft


Standard Size 20 Package (2" x 2")Flange, and Servo MountingUp to 30,000 CPR80 lb Max. Axial and Radial Shaft LoadingIP66 Sealing Available

The Model 702 Size 20 Accu-Coder™ is a heavy duty, extremely rugged, reliable, yetcompact industry standard 2" diameter encoder, designed for harsh factory and plant floorenvironments. The double shielded ball bearings are rated at 80 lb maximum axial andradial shaft loading to ensure a long operating life. Made to withstand the harsh effects ofthe real world, both the flange and servo models are rated IP66 (NEMA 4 & 13) with theoptional heavy duty shaft seal. With a variety of mounting options in both the flange andservo models, the Model 702 is ideal for both new applications and replacements. If youneed an encoder that won't let you down, the Model 702 is it.

Common Applications

Ø2.0"


702

MODEL702 Size 20 (2.0")

Motion Control Feedback, Conveyors, Elevator Controls, Machine Control,Food Processing, Process Control, Robotics, Material Handling, TextileMachines


48


20 S

OPERATINGTEMPERATURES 0° to 70° CH 0° to 100°C 3

1000 R HV


8 - 28V In/5V Out 6,12

H5 Line Driver 10

P5 Push-Pull

1 F 1 E X N


CE


SEALCONNECTORN No Seal LOCATION1 IP66E End2 IP64S Side

MOUNTING Flange Mounts1.181" Female Pilot0.687" Male Pilot1.250" Male PilotSize 25 w/30 Shaft Servo Mounts#1 w/1.181" Female Pilot#1 w/0.687" Male Pilot#1 w/1.250" Male Pilot#2 w/1.181" Female Pilot#2 w/0.687" Male Pilot#2 w/1.250" Male Pilot#3 w/1.181" Female Pilot#3 w/0.687" Male Pilot#3 w/1.250" Male PilotSize 25 w/30 Shaft

0720213024

SHAFT SIZE 11/4", 0.250"3/8", 0.375"10 mm3/8", 0.375" 21/4", 0.250" No Flat


NUMBER OF CHANNELS4

A Channel A




12534


FLGK

SUTCEDPQRj

WYX9DjKGH

CONNECTOR TYPE 11

6-pin MS Style7-pin MS Style10-pin MS Style9-pin D-subminiature5-pin M12 (12 mm)8-pin M12 (12 mm)Gland, 24" Cable 810-pin Bayonet


0001*0012*0033*0064*0200050008891270a2880a9000a20,480a

0002*0014*0034*01000240*05120900*14403000a10,000a25,000a

0004*00200035*012002500600100015003600a10,240a30,000a

0005*0021*0038*01250254*0625*102418004000a12,000a

0006*0024*0040*0128*0256*0635120020004096a12,500a

0007*0025*0042*0144*03000665*1201*a20485000a14,400a

0008*0028*0045*0150*0333*07201203*a2400a6000a15,000a

0010*0030*0050*0160*03600768*1204*a25007200a18,000a

0011*0032*00600192*040008001250a2540a7500a20,000a



NOTES:1 Contact Customer Service for additional options.2 Shaft with Size 25 Mounting Adapter, J or K mounting only.3 0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options.4 Contact Customer Service for non-standard index gating options.5 24 VDC max for high temperature option.6 Standard temperature, 60 to 3000 CPR only.7 Standard cable lengths only. For details, please refer to Technical Bulletin TB116: Noise & Signal Considerations.8 For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: G/6 = 6 feet of cable.9 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB 100: When to Choose the CE Option found on the web at www.encoder.com.10 Not available with 5-pin M12 or 6-pin MS Type connector. Available with 7-pin MS Type connector only without Index Z.11 For Mating Connectors, Cables, and Cordsets see Encoder Accessories on the web at www.encoder.com.12 H5 and P5 outputs are not available with CE option, or any End Mount MS Connector


D

Model 702 Shaft

Model 702 Specifications Model 702 Electrical Input Voltage............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 70° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 70° C to 100° C Input Current............100 mA max with no output load Input Ripple..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHz Output Format .........Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the encoder mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams. Output Types ...........Open Collector- 100 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 100 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply) Index ........................Occurs once per revolution. The index for units >3000 CPR is 90° gated to Outputs A and B. See Waveform Diagrams. Max Frequency........Up to 1 MHz. Noise Immunity ........Tested to BS EN61000-4-2; IEC801-3; BS EN61000-4-4; DDENV 50141; DDENV 50204; BS EN55022 (with European compliance option); BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2 Symmetry.................1 to 6000 CPR: 180° (±18°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 180° (±36°) electrical Quad Phasing ..........1 to 6000 CPR: 90° (±22.5°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 90° (±36°) electrical Min Edge Sep ..........1 to 6000 CPR: 67.5° electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 54° electrical >20,480 CPR: 50° electrical Rise Time.................Less than 1 microsecond Accuracy ..................Instrument and Quadrature Error: For 200 to 1999 CPR, 0.017° mechanical (1.0 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. For 2000 to 3000 CPR, 0.01° mechanical (0.6 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. Interpolation error (units > 3000 CPR only) within 0.005° mechanical. (Total Optical Encoder Error = Instrument + Quadrature + Interpolation) Mechanical Max Shaft Speed .....8000 RPM. Higher shaft speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service. Shaft Size ................0.250", 0.375", or 10 mmSERVO MOUNT..........Bi-directionalShaft Rotation #3 Radial Shaft Load ....806-32 UNC-2B 0.25 DEEPlb max. Rated load of 20 to 40 lb for3X 120° Ø1.750 B.C. bearing life of 1.5 x 109 revolutions Axial Shaft Load ......80 lb max. Rated load of 20 to 40 lb for bearing life of 1.5 x 109 revolutions Starting Torque ........1.0 oz-in typical with IP64 seal or no seal 3.0 oz-in typical with IP66 shaft seal Moment of Inertia ....5.2 x 10-4 oz-in-sec2 SERVO MOUNT #2Max Acceleration .....1 x 105 rad/sec2 10-328-pin M12 0.25 DEEPConnector Type .......6-, 7-, and 10-pin MS Style, 5- or UNF-2B 4X or Ø1.625 B.C.(12 mm), 9-pin D-subminiature,90°gland with 24 inches of cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors), 10-pin Bayonet 702CAT3 Housing....................Black non-corrosive finish Bearings...................Precision ABEC ball bearings Mounting ..................Various flange or servo mounts Weight ......................11 oz typical EnvironmentalISSUE DATE TOLERANCEOperating Temp .......0° to 70° C for standard modelsSERVO MOUNT #1 0° to 100° C for high temperature optionDECIMAL NEXT ASSEMBLY + .0054-40 UNC-2B 0.25 DEEP to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR(0°-3X 120° Ø1.500 B.C. Options.)DECIMALPREV ASSEMBLY + .01Storage Temp ..........-25° to +85° C THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION- Humidity ...................98% RH non-condensingANGULAR PART NUMBER + .1°Vibration ...................20 g @ 58 to 500 Hz- Shock .......................75 g @ 11 ms duration Sealing .....................IP66 (NEMA 13 and 4/4X) with shaft seal on flange and servo mounts; or IP64 available.

SERVO MOUNT #3 6-32 UNC-2B 0.25 DEEP

Servo Ø1.750 B.C.Mounts 3X 120°Servo #1 (S) Servo #2 (C)

SERVO MOUNT #210-32 UNF-2B 0.25 DEEP4X 90° Ø1.625 B.C.

702CAT3

Ø2.000

SERVO MOUNT #36-32 UNC-2B 0.25 DEEP3X 120° Ø1.750 B.C.


ISSUE DATE TOLERANCEE PCE SERVO MOUNT #2 DECIMALNNEXT10-32 UNF-2B 0.25 DEEP INITIAL DATEASSEMBLY +- .005DRGDB 1/04/99 4X 90° Ø1.625 B.C. DECIMAL CKPREV ASSEMBLY

DTHIRD ANGLE PROJECTION+ .01-QCServo #3 (P)PART NUMBER ANGULAR MFG702CAT3 + .1°-DWPRJ ENG ISSUE DATE


NEXT ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLYTHIRD ANGLE PROJECTION

PART NUMBER

REVISIONS DESCRIPTION SERVO MOUNT #3ECO #01185 6-32 UNC-2B 0.25 DEEPECO #01335 BSRECO #01968 GMA3X 120° Ø1.750 B.C.ECO #05151 JS

LTR A B C D

DATE

10/02/0104/15/0403/13/07

Body For Servo Mounts #1, #2, #3

0.87

0.750.625

SIDE OR END MOUNTCONNECTORS AVAILABLE SERVO MOUNT #2 10-32 UNF-2B 0.25 DEEP 4X 90° Ø1.625 B.C.

0.60


49+-

DECIMAL

TOLERANCEDECIMAL +- .005DECIMAL + .01-ANGULAR + .1°-

EP INITIADRGDB 1CKQCMFGPRJ ENG

702

Ø2.0000.0500.050

0.075

Ø2.00

SERVO MOUNT #14-40 UNC-2B 0.25 DEEP 0.6003X 120° Ø1.500 B.C. 0.50 0.200 0.100 2.00

LTR

ISSUE DATE

NEXT ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLYTHIRD ANGLE PROJECTION

PART NUMBER

REVISIONS

DESCRIPTON CHK DATE APPR DATE

TODE +-DE +-AN +-

Optional Pilots For Flange And Servo Mounts (G, T, D, R)(L, U, E, Q)

AB

1999 CATALOG CHANGESECO 01185

E PCENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANY 0.120NAME AND TITLEINITIAL DATEDRGDB 1/04/99MODEL 702 SERVO MOUNTCK DWG NUMBERQC 702CAT3Ø0.6870±0.0005MFGØ1.249+.000-.002

DWG SIZESCALE NONEPRJ ENGB

702-BOSSB

0.120

REV.

DSHEET OF 11

702-BOSS2


1-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected] DATE

ISSUE DATE TOLERANCEDECIMAL

+-DR

E

INITIAL

PC

DATE

ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANYNEXT ASSEMBLY

NAME AND TITLE

TOLERANCE

.005DR

DECIMAL

INITIAL

NEXT ASSEMBLY GD

GDB 1996

Model 702 Shaft

Model 702 Flange Mount (F)Waveform Diagrams


Model 702 With 2.5" Flange Mount (K) NOTE: ALL DEGREE REFERENCES ARE ELECTRICAL DEGREES




HA BG KJ C

FE

D

REVISIONS


Model 702 With 2.5" Servo Mount (J)SIDE OR END MOUNTCONNECTORS AVAILABLE

Wiring Table

Gland 5-pin 8-pin 10-pin 7-pin 7-pin 6-pin 9-pin 10-pin Cable M122 M122 MS MS MS MS D-sub Bayo- HV,H5 PU, PP, PU, PP,Wire netOC, P5 OC, P5Function Color 3Com BlackFFF79FA, F

+VDC

0.815 MAX HEIGHT

10 - 32 UNF-2B 0.23 DEEP10-32 UNF-2B I60.225 Deep 6x 60°X 60 01.875 B.C. ON Ø1.875 B.C.

O

1.175

0.7500.60

Red 1 2

1

3

4

5

6

8 --------

D

A

H

B

I

C

J

G----

D

A

C

B

E----

----

G----

D

3A2

5A

A'

B

B'

Z

0.025

Ø2.300

Ø0.3748+0.0000-0.0004

0.120

0.1000.2000.300

2.00

ISSUE DATEAll dimensions are in inches with a tolerance of TOLERANCE or +0.01" unless otherwise specified+0.005"ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANY

EP

C

Ø2.00

4White0.520 MAX Brown ----HEIGHT 2Blue


1B 1

2

3

4

4D

12 873

45 6A

D

LTR F G H

----

----

C

----

5-pinBM12 E

----8-pin BM12

H

----

C----

--------

5 0.550 MAXJ C6 HEIGHT

7

8----

K

G----

Ø1.249 ± 0.0000.002

Ø2.500702 SPEC503

0.50

0.872

1 9 8

7

10 P 12

3 114

5

6

1

Z' HA BCase GreenJ C----G K DF

EShield Bare1 ----

G----

12-pin2

CE Option: Cable shield (bare wire) is connected to internal case 10-pinCE Option: Read Technical Bulletin TB111Bayonet

REVISIONS

NEXT ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLY

DECIMAL

+-

DECIMAL

+-

ANGULAR

+-

DR

CK

INITIAL DATE NAME AND TITLE

PART NUMBER2

AXT

0.520 MAX HEIGHT

0.520 MAX HEIGHT 2

35

1

4

0.815 MAX 12HEIGHT

5-pin 45 6

M12

8-pin M12

3 87

35

1

4

5-pin M12

HA BG KJ C DF E

0.550 MAX 0.285 MAX HEIGHTHEIGHT

HA BG KJ C

FE

D1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9

DATELTRDESCRIPTION REV.ECO #05437GMA02/15/08FQC

ECO #05840GMA09/21/09G REVISIONSMFG

12 ENGLTRDWG SIZESHEETOFPRJJP06/15/10H ECODATEDESCRIPTIONSCALE#06010873112GMA02/15/08 32 0.850 MAX45 F6 ECO #05437875

4GMA09/21/09 4 5 6G ECO #058403HEIGHT ECO #06010JP06/15/10H 0.520 MAX8-pin0.285 MAXHEIGHT 8-pin5-pinM12HEIGHT M12M12

DWG NUMBER

702 ENCODER WITH 2.5 SERVO MOUNT SPEC503REVISIONS

Connector Pin-Outs702SPEC503

LTRDESCRIPTION ECO #05437GMAF GMAG ECO #05840 JPH ECO #06010

DATE02/15/0809/21/0906/15/10

0.680 MAX HEIGHT

0.285 MAX HEIGHT

0.675 MAX HEIGHT

8-pinMolex Head

2

0.550 MAX 1 9 8HEIGHT

7

10 P 12

3 114

5

6

0.550 MAX HEIGHT

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9

G

F

H

J

E

I

AB

C

1 2 3 4 A5

6 7 8G9F

E

10-pinBayonet

12-pin10-pinBayonet

9-pinD-SUB

DD

BC

FE

A

D

BC

NOTE: ALL DI

ISSUE DATE

NEXT ASSEMBLYDECIMAL

+-

TOLERAN

10-pinBayonet

9-pinD-SUB

10-pin MS 7-pin MS

9-pinD-SUB

6-pin MSCONN

.01PART NUMBERANGULAR+- .1°

+-

PREV ASSEMBLYDECIMAL

.005

PIN 1

0.8 MAXHEIGHT

0.8 MAXHEIGHT

PIN 1

0.8 MAXHEIGHT

AXT

500.680 MAX

HEIGHT

0.6751-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com 0.680 MAX• [email protected] MAX

HEIGHT

8-pinHEIGHTMolex Header

0.680 MAX HEIGHT

0.850 MAX0.675 MAX HEIGHTHEIGHT

PIN 1

MAXHEIGHT

April 2010

8-pinMolex Header CABLE

GLAND

CABLEGLAND

Ultra Rugged 2.0" Encoder

Quick Specs••••••••

Rugged Industrial Encoder2” x 2” HousingCPR to 30,000Flex Mount for Easy InstallationMany Output TypesRPM to 8000Sealing to IP66High Temperature Option

Mounting OptionsThe 702 Motor Mount comes with coupling and availablewith a Bossed Hub to attach directly to fast revving motors.

The 702 Shaft has many different servo mounts andmounting flanges available and able to handle heavy loads.

The Best Choice

• A 3-Year Satisfaction Guaranteed Warranty

• Encoder Products Company has Specialized in Building Only Durable, Dependable Encoders for More Than 40 Years

• Superior Customer Service

• More Configurations Than Any Other Encoder Manufacturer

• Expert Cross Reference Service

• Next Day Expedite Delivery Available

Other Related Products

The Model 802S Accu-CoderTM is an industry stan-dard Size 20 (2.0" diameter) encoder housed in aheavy duty 316 stainless steel package. It's spe-cifically designed for harsh factory and plant floorenvironments. A variety of flange and servo mount-ing styles, make it easy to use in a broad range ofapplications.

Model 725 Size 25 Accu-CoderTM optical shaftencoder is specifically designed for the challengesof an industrial environment. But don't let its tough,industrial package fool you; it still has the perfor-mance to reach resolutions up to 30,000 cycles perrevolution.

The Model 858S European Size 58 Accu-CoderTM isa heavy duty, extremely rugged, reliable encoder, ina 316 stainless steel package. Its compact designis well suited for harsh factory and plant floor envi-ronments, calling for a metric solution.

For specification assistance call Customer Service at 1-800-366-5412


Model 725


Standard Size 25 Package (2.5" x 2.5")Up to 30,000 CPRStandard and Industrial HousingsServo and Flange MountingIP66 Sealing Available

TMModel 725 Size 25 Accu-Coder optical shaft encoder is specifically designed for thechallenges of an industrial environment. But don't let its tough, industrial package fool you; itstill has the performance to reach resolutions up to 30,000 cycles per revolution. The Model725 is available with both flange and servo mounting options, along with two distinctive 2.5"diameter housing styles. The rugged Standard Housing (N) isolates the internal electronicsfrom the shock and stress of the outer environment. The extra heavy-duty Industrial Housing(I) features a fully isolated internal encoder unit that prolongs bearing life by using an internalflexible mount to protect the encoder from severe axial and radial shaft loading.

Common Applications

Ø2.5"


52


725

MODEL725 Size 25 (2.5")

HOUSING STYLEN Standard HousingI Heavy Duty Industrial with Internal Flex Mount

S41925061821

Motion Control Feedback, Conveyors, Elevator Controls, Machine Control, FoodProcessing, Process Control, Robotics, Material Handling, Textile Machines


N 4 S


1000 R HV

OUTPUT TYPE

5 - 28V In/Out 4OC Open CollectorPU Pull-Up ResistorPP Push-PullHV Line Driver 9

8 - 28V In/5V Out 5,11

H5 Line Driver 9

P5 Push-Pull

1 F

MOUNTINGF FlangeS 2.50" ServoR 2.50" ServoQ 2.50" ServoL 2.62" ServoP 5PY

1 E

CONNECTOR LOCATIONS SideE End

X N


CE

SHAFT SIZE3/8", 0.375" (standard)1/4", 0.250"5/16", 0.3125"3/8", 0.375" - No flat 16 mm8 mm10 mm

CYCLES PER REVOLUTION 1-30,000See CPR Options for available resolutions. Price adder for CPR >1270

NUMBER OF CHANNELS3

A Channel A



Accessory Mounting Bracket can be ordered separately as part # 140122. For more details www.encoder.com

12534



WYX9DjKG

CONNECTOR TYPE 10

6-pin MS Style7-pin MS Style10-pin MS Style9-pin D-subminiature5-pin M12 (12 mm)8-pin M12 (12 mm)Gland, 24" Cable 7



0001*0012*0033*0064*0200050008891270a2880a9000a20,480a

0002*0014*0034*01000240*05120900*14403000a10,000a25,000a

0004*00200035*012002500600100015003600a10,240a30,000a

0005*0021*0038*01250254*0625*102418004000a12,000a

0006*0024*0040*0128*0256*0635120020004096a12,500a

0007*0025*0042*0144*03000665*1201*a20485000a14,400a

0008*0028*0045*0150*0333*07201203*a2400a6000a15,000a

0010*0030*0050*0160*03600768*1204*a25007200a18,000a

0011*0032*00600192*040008001250a2540a7500a20,000a




NOTES:1 Available with I housing style only.2 0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options.3 Contact Customer Service for index gating options.4 24 VDC max for high temperature option.5 Standard temperature, 60 to 3000 CPR only.6 Standard cable lengths only. For details, please refer to Technical Bulletin TB116: Noise and Signal Distortion Considerations at www.encoder.com.7 For Non-Standard Cable Lengths add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: SG/6 = 6 feet of cable.8 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option.9 Not available with 5-pin M12 or 6-pin MS connector. Available with 7-pin MS connector only without Index Z.10 For Mating Connectors, Cables, and Cordsets see www.encoder.com.11 H5 and P5 outputs not available with CE option, or any End Mount MS Connector.


Model 725

Model 725 SpecificationsElectrical Input Voltage ............... 4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 70° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 70° C to 100° C Input Current ............... 100 mA max with no output load Input Ripple ................ 100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHz Output Format ............ Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the encoder mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams below. Output Types .............. Open Collector- 100 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 100 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply) Index............................ Occurs once per revolution. The index for units >3000 CPR is 90° gated to Outputs A and B. See Waveform Diagrams below. Max Frequency .......... Up to 1 MHz Noise Immunity........... Tested to BS EN61000-4-2; IEC801-3; BS EN61000-4-4; DDENV 50141; DDENV 50204; BS EN55022 (with European compliance option); BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2 Symmetry.................... 1 to 6000 CPR: 180° (±18°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 180° (±36°) electrical Quad Phasing............. 1 to 6000 CPR: 90° (±22.5°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 90° (±36°) electrical Min Edge Sep ............. 1 to 6000 CPR: 67.5° electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 54° electrical >20,480 CPR: 50° electrical Rise Time .................... Less than 1 microsecond Accuracy ..................... Instrument and Quadrature Error: For 200 to 1999 CPR, 0.017° mechanical (1.0 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. For 2000 to 3000 CPR, 0.01° mechanical (0.6 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. Interpolation error (units > 3000 CPR only) within 0.005° mechanical. (Total Optical Encoder Error = Instrument + Quadrature + Interpolation)Mechanical Max Shaft Speed....... 6000 RPM. Higher shaft speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service. Shaft Size ................... 0.375" (standard), 0.250", 0.3125", 6 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm Shaft Material ............. 303 stainless steel Shaft Rotation............ Bi-directional Radial Shaft Load. ..... 35 lb max (standard housing) 40 lb max (industrial housing) Axial Shaft Load ......... 40 lb max (standard housing) 45 lb max (industrial housing)

Starting Torque........... 1.0 oz-in typical with IP64 seal or no seal 3.0 oz-in typical with IP66 shaft seal Moment of Inertia ....... 5.2 x 10-4 oz-in-sec2 Max Acceleration........ 1 x 105 rad/sec2 Electrical Conn ........... 6-, 7-, or 10-pin MS Style, 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm), 9-pin D-subminiature, or gland with 24 inches of cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors) Housing ...................... Black non-corrosive finish Bearings ..................... Precision ABEC ball bearings Mounting..................... Flange, servo, or 5PY Weight ........................ 20 oz typicalEnvironmental Operating Temp ......... 0° to 70° C for standard models 0° to 100° C for high temperature option (0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options.) Storage Temp............. -25° to +85° C Humidity ..................... 95% RH non-condensing Vibration ..................... 725N: 10 g @ 58 to 500 Hz 725I: 20 g @ 58 to 500 Hz Shock ......................... 725N: 50 g @ 11 ms duration 725I: 75 g @ 11 ms duration Sealing....................... IP50 standard, IP64 and IP66 (NEMA 13 and 4/4X) optional

Model 725 2.5" Servo Mount (S)10 - 32 UNF 0.35 DEEP6 X 60O I01.875 B.C.

REVISIONS

Model 725 2.5" Servo Mount (R)

6-32 UNC 0.20 DEEP3X 120° Ø2.000 B.C.

0.3000.2000.100

LTR -

DESCRIPTIONINITIAL RELEASE ECO #05186

DATE05/02/07

SIDE OR END MOUNTCONNECTORS AVAILABLE

1.50 MAX

SEE SHAFT OPTIONS

Ø 1.250+0.000-0.001

Ø 2.50025I-SERR1

0.87

2.5003.000

REVISIONS

0.625 0.875

Model 725 2.5" ServoTOLERANCEMount (Q)ENCODERISSUE DATE05/01/07

EP

C

LTR -

DESCRIPTIONINITIAL RELEASE ECO #05186

DATE05/02/07

PRODUCTS COMPANY


+- .005

.01

.1°

INITIAL

DR

DATE NAME AND TITLE

NNP 4/26/07

4-40 UNC 0.20 DEEP4X 90° Ø2.000 B.C.

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTIONPREV ASSEMBLY DECIMAL

+-

SIDE OR END MOUNT NUMBERCKDWG

QCCONNECTORS AVAILABLE

MFG

MODEL 725I SERVO MOUNT Q

PART NUMBER0.3000.2000.100

ANGULAR

+-

25I-SERQ1SCALE

REV.

-SHEET 1 OFPRJ ENG DWG SIZE B NONE 1

1.50 MAX

SEE SHAFT OPTIONS

0.050

Ø1.250 +0.000-0.001

Ø2.50025I-SERQ1

0.87

2.5003.000

0.625 0.875

ISSUE DATE05/01/07

Model 725 2.62" Servo Mount (L)NEXT ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLY

DECIMAL

+-

TOLERANCE

.005

.01

.1°

E

INITIAL

PC

DATE

ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANY

MODEL 725I SERVO MOUNT Q

NAME AND TITLE

DR NNP 4/26/07

DECIMAL

+-

CKTHIRD ANGLE PROJECTION DWG NUMBER

QC

MFGPART NUMBER ANGULAR

+-

25I-SERQ1SCALE

REV.

-SHEET 1 OFPRJ ENG DWG SIZE B NONE 1




53

0.050

Model 725

Model 725 Flange Mount (F) Waveform DiagramsLine Driver and Push-Pull

REVISIONS

LTR E F G

DESCRIPTION

ECO #01335ECO #01970 GMA

ECO #02228 GMA

DATE

04/20/04

03/01/05



Model 725 Optional 5PY Mounting (P)Ø0.290 THRU4X 90˚ Ø3.978 B.C.

Ø4.610

0.3000.1880.128

1.50 MAX

2.50

0.050

2.50

Ø1.250 -0.001+0.000

Ø2.500+0.000-0.002

725-5PY

0.6250.875

The optional 5PY adapter is made of allaluminum construction and allows Model 725encoder to replace DCtachometer technology. The 5PY adapter is mechanically interchangeable with any 5PY tach generator.

2

35

1

4

12

873 LTR 4 5 F6


0.815 MAX HEIGHT

X2

10 P 12

3 114

5

12-pin

0.850 MAX HEIGHT


1

REVISIONS

LTRDESCRIPTION ECO #05437 GMAF

REVISIONSG ECO #05840 GMA H ECO #06010 JPDESCRIPTIONAll dimensions are in inches with a tolerance of +0.005" or +0.01" unless otherwise specified

0.815 MAX ISSUE DATETOLERANCE5/04/99HEIGHT

NEXT ASSEMBLY

PREV ASSEMBLY

DECIMAL

+-

E

INITIAL

DR

CK

QC

MFG

PC

DATE


.005

.01

GDB 5/04/99

DECIMAL

+-

MODEL 725 SERVO MOUNT WITH 5PY ADAPTORI12DWG NUMBER

0.520 MAX HEIGHT

B SCALE


PART NUMBER .1˚0.520 MAX

Connector HEIGHT

ANGULAR

+-

3725-5PY5

4

SHEET

REV.

PRJ ENG DWG SIZE Pin-OutsNONE

G1 OF

12 873 5-pin 45 6M12

G H8-pin M12

ECO #05437ECO #05840ECO #06010

GMAGMAJP

1

0.285 MAX HEIGHT

DATE02/15/0809/21/0906/15/10

DATE02/1509/2106/15

5-pin M12

8-pin M12 REVISIONS

0.550 MAX 0.285 MAX HEIGHT

1

2

9 8

7

10 P 12

9 8

7

6

2

3

3

5-pin M12

HA B G KJ C12-pin DF E

5

11 5

14

6

HA BG KJ C

4

12 8 73 45 6

FE

D

LTR F G H

DESCRIPTION 0.550 GMAECO #05437 MAX HEIGHTECO #05840GMAECO #06010JP

10-pinBayonet

DATE 1 2 3 4 502/15/08 Gland 5-pin 8-pin 10-pin 6 7 8 97-pin 6-pin 9-pin 10-pin09/21/09 2 MS 7-pin MS MS D-subMSCable M122 M12Bayo- 06/15/10HV,H5 PU, PP, PU, PP,Wire netOC, P5 OC, P5Function Color 2 3 4 59-pin1

Com Black 6 7 3 9 7F D-SUBFF9FA, F8

+VDC

A

A'

B

B'

Red 1 2 D

A

H

B

I

C

J

G----

D

A

C

B

E----

----

G----

D

A

----

B----

B

D

----

E----

1

2

3

5

D

A 4White 9-pin 1

Blue PIN 12

HEIGHTWiringTable

10-pinBayonet

8-pin M12

0.285 MAX HEIGHT

0.550 MAX HEIGHT

0.680 MAX HEIGHT

0.675 2MAX53 41

HEIGHT 96 7 8

9-pinD-SUB

8-pinMolex Header

FE

A

D

BC

----BrownD-SUB 3

4

5 Violet ----Orange 5Yellow ----

H0.8 MAX HEIGHT4B

J

C

K

G----

0.850 MAX HEIGHT

Z

PIN 1 Z'

6

8 --------

0.680 MAX HEIGHT

H

J

E

I

D

A

0.675 MAX HEIGHT

A G BE C D

F

1

GreenCase 8-pin ---- Molex Bare1 ----HeaderShield

C60.8 CMAX---- ----HEIGHT 7

GLAND

----G8 CABLE -------- ----

CE Option: Cable shield (bare wire) is connected to internal case2CE Option: Read Technical Bulletin TB111

CABLENOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHESGLAND

G

F

B

CPIN 1

X G

F

H

J

E

I

AB

C

D

0.675 MAX HEIGHT

F10-pin MS A G BE C D

7-pin MS F A

E

D

CONN BC

6-pin MS ISSUE DATE

PREV ASSEMBLYNOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES .01

DECIMAL

+-

CK

QC

ANGULARMFG

PARTP

TOLERANCE NUMBER - .1° E C +ENCODERPRJ ENG

0.8 TOLERANCEMAXNEXT ASSEMBLYHEIGHT .005

DECIMAL

+-

ISSUE DATEE

INITIAL

PC

DATE

ENCODER PRODUCTS COMNAME AND TITLE

DWG NUMBER

DR GDB 10/5/99CONNECTORS

PRODUCTS COMPANYBN/ADWG SIZE SCALE

CONN

HOF

REV.

SHEET1O


+-

10-pin MS


7-pin MS

8-pinMolex Header 6-pin MS

CONN

PREV ASSEMBLY.005

INITIAL

DR

CK

QC

MFG

DATE NAME AND TITLE

GDB 10/5/99

PART NUMBER +

-

CABLE.01GLANDANGULAR

+-

DECIMALDWG NUMBER

CONNECTORS

.1° PRJ ENG DWG SIZE B

CONNSCALE

SHEET

N/A April 2010 11

A Step Above The Rest

Size 25 encoders (2.5" diameter) are among the most popularencoders in the world. As a result, nearly every encodermanufacturer in the world makes them. The problem is, not everySize 25 encoder is built to the same exacting standards of qualityand reliability as the Model 725 Accu-CoderTM from EncoderProducts Company (EPC).

So, what's the problem? If you have used other Size 25 encoders,you have probably experienced reliability problems such as sensorcrashes and disk breakage. The typical construction of a Size 25encoder (shown below) uses a single set of closely spaced shaftbearings and a large diameter (typically 2.0") glass disk mountedto the shaft. The glass disk is generally supported on the shafthub by just 15% of the surface area and has a thickness of 0.030".In addition, these units commonly require a relatively narrowair gap (typically 0.002") between the disk and sensor in orderto properly calibrate the signal. Because of this combination, asmall amount of side loading (force from installation requirements,vibration, shock, or other conditions) to move the shaft enough forthe attached disk to make contact with the sensor or some otherportion of the stationary PCB. The result is damage to the disk orsensor, or even disk breakage.

Then, what's the solution? When design engineers at EPC setout to design a better Size 25 encoder, their goal was to solve thetypical problems without affecting the price of the encoder. Theresult - the Model 725N, a Size 25 encoder worthy of the Accu-

CoderTM name. The first goal was to make it more difficult forshaft movement from side load to cause damage. Using EPC'sadvanced sensor technology, the air gap between the disk andsensor doubled from 0.002" to 0.004", and the disk diameter wasreduced from 2.0" to 1.3". The next goal was to increase thedurability of the disk itself. Disk thickness was more than doubled(from 0.030" to 0.062"), manufactured using EPC's proprietaryprocess, and supported by 30% of the disk surface area. Finally,it was time to improve the resistance to side load movementaltogether, so the 725N was given dual heavy-duty bearings,generously spaced to disperse the load over a larger portion of theshaft.

But EPC's innovative engineering team wasn't satisfied. They reallywanted to solve the problems of a truly rough environment. Whatthey designed was the Model 725I - the industrial 725 housingoption. An encoder that is as robust as possible within its pricecategory. Using the improvements developed in the 725N, EPC'sengineering team developed the "encoder-within-an-encoder"design. With this design, the 725I adds two extra, heavy-dutybearings to the two contained within the internal encoder for a totalof four bearings! These two extra bearing sets are separated insuch a way that side load stresses become isolated between thetwo bearing sets and never reach the inner encoder. In addition,the internal encoder is mounted to the 725I's housing using EPC'spioneering flex mount, further isolating the internal optics andelectronics from outside forces.

Disk Thickness (0.062")

Gap(0.004")

Sensor

Disk Support(30% of Area)

Ø1.300Disk Thickness (0.062")

Gap(0.004")

Sensor

Disk Support(30% of Area)

Ø1.300

Self ContainedUnit With internal .Bearings.

Flex mountAttached Internallyto 725I Hub

Bearing Spacingto IncreaseShaft SupportSide Load

Bearing Spacingto IncreaseShaft Support

Side Load

Better - The Model 725NEPC has designed out the common problems experienced by the average Size 25encoder. Notice the generous air gap (double that of typical Size 25 encoders),thick code disk (more than twice the thickness), small diameter, large disk supportarea, and large bearing spacing - each an element which increases durability andreliability.

Best - The Model 725IThe design improvements made in the Model 725N, places them in their own internalencoder housing, and surrounds the internal unit with a second, rugged housing witha separate set of heavy duty bearings, all for an encoder that laughs at applicationswhich eat other encoders alive!



Model 758


Standard Size 58 Mounting (58 mm Diameter)Up to 30,000 CPR80 lb Max. Axial and Radial Shaft LoadingHigh Temperature Option (100° C)IP66 Sealing Available

TMThe Model 758 Size 58 Accu-Coder is a heavy duty, extremely rugged, reliable, yetcompact European standard 58 millimeter diameter encoder, designed for harsh fac-tory and plant floor environments. Shaft loading is no problem for the double-shieldedball bearings; their 80 lb load rating ensures a long operating life. With the optionalheavy-duty shaft seal, the Model 758 is rated IP66 (NEMA 4 & 13). Two Europeanstandard mounting options are available: Clamping Flange (20 type) or SynchroFlange (26 type). The Model 758 is the perfect replacement encoder for units requir-ing the European mount.

Common Applications

Ø58 mmModel 758 Ordering Guide

Motion Control Feedback, Machine & Elevator Controls, Food Processing,Robotics, Material Handling, Conveyors, Textile Machines


56


758

MODEL758 Model 758

A 21 S

OPERATING TEMPERATURES 0° to 70° CH 0° to 100° C 1

1000 R HV

OUTPUT TYPE5 - 28V In/Out 3OC Open CollectorPU Pull-Up ResistorPP Push-PullHV Line Driver 9

8 - 28V In/5V Out 4,10

H5 Line Driver 9P5 Push-Pull

1 1 E


R CE


MOUNTING TYPEA Clamping Flange (20 Type)B Synchro Flange (26 Type)

SHAFT SIZE06 6 mm21 10 mm07 0.250", 1/4"20 0.375", 3/8"



NUMBER OF CHANNELS2

A Channel A





0001*0012*0033*0064*0200050008891270a2880a9000a20,480a

0002*0014*0034*01000240*05120900*14403000a10,000a25,000a

0004*00200035*012002500600100015003600a10,240a30,000a

0005*0021*0038*01250254*0625*102418004000a12,000a

0006*0024*0040*0128*0256*0635120020004096a12,500a

0007*0025*0042*0144*03000665*1201*a20485000a14,400a

12534

MAXIMUM FREQUENCY100 kHz Standard200 kHz250 kHz, >3000 CPR500 kHz, >6000 CPR 51 MHz, >10,000 CPR 5

GRjKXY

CONNECTOR TYPE 8Gland, 24" Cable 612-pin Connector5-pin M12 (12 mm)8-pin M12 (12 mm)10-pin MS Style7-pin MS Style


0008*0028*0045*0150*0333*07201203*a2400a6000a15,000a

0010*0030*0050*0160*03600768*1204*a25007200a18,000a

0011*0032*00600192*040008001250a2540a7500a20,000a



NOTES:1 0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options.2 Contact Customer Service for index gating options.3 24 VDC max for high temperature option.4 Standard temperature, 60 to 3000 CPR only.5 Standard cable lengths only. For details, please refer to Technical Bulletin TB116: Noise and Signal Considerations at www.encoder.com.6 For Non-Standard Cable Lengths add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: SG/6 = 6 feet of cable.7 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option.8 For mating connectors, cables, and cordsets, see Encoder Accessories on the web at www.encoder.com.9 Not available with 5-pin M12 connector. Available with 7-pin MS Type Connector only without Index Z.10 H5 and P5 outputs are not available with CE option, or any End Mount MS Connector


Model 758


Electrical Input Voltage ............. 4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 70° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 70° C to 100° C Input Current ............. 100 mA max with no output load Input Ripple ............... 100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHz Output Format ........... Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the encoder mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams below. Output Types .............. Open Collector- 100 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 100 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply) Index .......................... Occurs once per revolution. The index for units >3000 CPR is 90° gated to Outputs A and B. See Waveform Diagrams below. Max Frequency ......... Up to 1 MHz Noise Immunity.......... Tested to BS EN61000-4-2; IEC801-3; BS EN61000-4-4; DDENV 50141; DDENV 50204; BS EN55022 (with European compliance option); BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2 Symmetry .................. 1 to 6000 CPR: 180° (±18°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 180° (±36°) electrical Quad Phasing............ 1 to 6000 CPR: 90° (±22.5°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 90° (±36°) Min Edge Sep............ 1 to 6000 CPR: 67.5° electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 54° electrical >20,480 CPR: 50° electrical Rise Time .................. Less than 1 microsecond Accuracy .................... Instrument and Quadrature Error: For 200 to 1999 CPR, 0.017° mechanical (1.0 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. For 2000 to 3000 CPR, 0.01° mechanical (0.6 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. Interpolation error (units > 3000 CPR only) within 0.005° mechanical. (Total Optical Encoder Error = Instrument + Quadrature + Interpolation)Mechanical Max Shaft Speed....... 8000 RPM. Higher shaft speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service. Shaft Size .................. 0.250", or 0.375", 6 mm, 10 mm Shaft Rotation............ Bi-directional Radial Shaft Load...... 80 lb max. Rated load of 20 to 40 lb for bearing life of 1.5 x 109 revolutions Axial Shaft Load ........ 80 lb max. Rated load of 20 to 40 lb for bearing life of 1.5 x 109 revolutions Starting Torque .......... 1.0 oz-in typical with IP64 seal or no seal 3.0 oz-in typical with IP66 shaft seal Moment of Inertia ...... 5.2 x 10 -4 oz-in-sec 2 Max. Acceleration ...... 1 x 10 5 rad/sec 2 Electrical Conn .......... Gland with 24" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors) 7- or 10-pin MS Style, 12-pin connector, 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm) Housing ..................... Black non-corrosive finish Bearings .................... Precision ABEC ball bearings Mounting .................... European Standard Clamping Flange (20 Type) and Synchro Flange (26 Type) Weight........................ 11 oz typicalEnvironmental Operating Temp......... 0° to 70° C for standard models 0° to 100° C for high temperature option (0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options Storage Temp-25° to +85° C Humidity..................... 98% RH non-condensing Vibration..................... 20 g @ 58 to 500 Hz Shock......................... 75 g @ 11 ms duration Sealing....................... IP66 (NEMA 13 and 4/4X) shaft seal or IP64 shaft seal

Model 758 Clamping Flange 20 Type (A)

Model 758 Synchro Flange 26 Type (B)

All dimensions are in millimeters with a tolerance of +0.17 mm unless otherwise specified

Waveform Diagrams


Wiring Table

Gland 5-pin 8-pin 10-pin 7-pin 7-pin 12-pin Cable M122 M122 MS MS MS HV,H5 PU, PP,Wire P5, OCFunction Color

Com

+VDC

A

A'

B

Black

Red

White

Brown

Blue

Violet

Orange

Yellow

Bare

----

----

Green

1

3

1

4

----

2

----

5

----

----

----

----

----

7

2

1

3

4

5

6

8

----

----

----

----

F

D

A

H

B

I

C

J

----

----

----

G

F

D

A

C

B

E

----

----

----

----

----

G

F

D

A

----

B

----

C

----

----

----

----

G

10

12

5

6

8

1

3

4

----

2

11

9



B'

Z

Z'

Shield

+VDCSense ComSense

Case

1


CE Option: Cable shield (bare wire) is connected to internal case2CE Option: Read Technical Bulletin TB111



57

Model TR1 - Tru-TracTM


Encoder And Measuring Wheel Solution Integrated Into One Compact UnitSpring Loaded Torsion Arm Makes Wheel Pressure Adjustments A SnapEasily Installed In A Vertical, Horizontal, or Upside-Down OrientationOperates Over A Variety Of Surfaces At Speeds Up To 3000 Feet Per MinuteIntegrated Module Simplifies Your System Design, Reducing Cost

FINALLY! An integrated encoder and spring loaded measuring wheel assembly TMavailable in one, easy-to-use, compact unit. The TR1 Tru-Trac by EncoderProducts Company is a versatile solution for tracking velocity, position, or distanceover a wide variety of surfaces in almost any application. Its spring-loaded torsion TMarm provides a simple-to-adjust torsion load, allowing the Tru-Trac to be mountedin almost any orientation, even upside-down. The threaded shaft on the pivot axis is TMfield reversible providing mounting access from either side. The Tru-Trac housingis a durable, conductive composite material that will eliminate static build up. Withoperating speeds up to 3000 feet per minute and a wide variety of configuration TMoptions, it’s easy to see the Tru-Trac is the ideal solution for countless applications.Common ApplicationsWeb Tension Control, Paper Monitoring, Glue Dispensing, Linear MaterialMonitoring, Conveyor Systems, Printing, Labeling, Document Handling

Model TR1 - Tru-TracTM Ordering GuideBlue type indicates price adder options. Not all configuration combinations may be available. Contact Customer Service for details.

Linear Encoders

58


TR1

MODELTR1 Tru-TracTM

U1 R4 0500


N V1 A

OCPPHVPUOD

OC F00


Optional Features

None Std

PIVOT SHAFT MOUNTING1

R4 Right side 1/4-20 threadL4 Left side 1/4-20 threadR6 Right side M6 threadL6 Left side M6 thread

WHEEL TYPE &CIRCUMFERENCEUrethane 6" cirUrethane 200 mm cirKnurled 6" cirKnurled 200 mm cirNo Wheel - 1/4" shaftNo Wheel - 6 mm shaft


COMMUTATIONN None

OUTPUT TYPE Open Collector Push-Pull Line Driver Pull-Up Resistor 7 Open Collector with Differential Outputs

OPERATING TEMPERATURE -20° to +85° C (Std)T1 -40° to +85° CT2 -20° to +100° C




U1U2K1K21920

NUMBER OF CHANNELS2

A Channel A


Channel B Leads A8


F00F01F02F03M00j00K00

CONNECTOR TYPE18" Cable 3 (Std)12" Cable24" Cable36" Cable2M Cable 418" Cable with 5-pin M126

18" Cable with 8-pin M126

Model TR1 - Tru-TracTM CPR Options

0001 thru 0189*02560300050005120800100012501500250025404096500010,000

0198031505801024180030006000

0200036006001125200036007200

0250040007501200204840008192

Accessory Angle Mounting Bracket for TMTR1 Tru-Trac can be ordered separately as part # 140104Dimensional drawing available at www.encoder.com.


New CPR values are periodically added to those listed.Contact Customer Service to determine all currently availablevalues. Special disk resolutions are available upon request andmay be subject to a one-time NRE fee.

For specification assistance call Customer Service at1-800-366-5412

NOTES:1 See mechanical drawing. Shaft is reversible in the field.2 Contact Customer Service for non-standard index gating or phase relationship options.3 For non-standard English cable lengths enter ‘F’ plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: F06 = 6 feet of cable. Frequency above 300 kHz standard cable lengths only.4 For non-standard metric cable lengths enter ‘M’ plus cable length expressed in meters. Example: M06 = 6 meters of cable.5 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com.6 5-pin not available with Line Driver (HV) output. Additional cable lengths available. Please consult Customer Service.7 With Input Voltage above 16 VDC, operating temperature is limited to 85o C.8 Reverse Quadrature not available with PU output type.



8 7 6 5 4 3

REV.

2REVISIONS

DESCRIPTION

1

DATEAPPROVED


Specifications

Electrical


D

-- INITIAL RELEASEA CHANGED SOME DIMENSION LOCATIONSB CHANGED PIVOT ARM BOLT HEAD

6.000" CIRCUMFERENCE STANDARD

Ø0.2498" or Ø5.995mmTORQUE ADJUSTMENT CABLE LENGTH

7 6 3 2

MechanicalMax Shaft Speed .... 6000 RPM. Higher speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service.Shaft Material ......... Stainless SteelShaft Tolerance ....... +0.0000/-0.0004" [+0.000/-0.010 mm]Radial Shaft Load .. 5 lb max. Rated load of 2 to 3 lb for bearing life of 1.2 x 1010 revolutionsAxial Shaft Load ...... 5 lb max. Rated load of 2 to 3 lb for bearing life of 1.2 x 1010 revolutionsStarting Torque ........ IP50 0.05 oz-in IP65 0.4 oz-inElectrical Conn ........ 18" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors), 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm) in-line connector with 18" cable (braid shield)Mounting ................. Pivot shaft can be mounted from either side TMof the Tru-Trac housing, and is reversible in the field. Specify 1/4-20 or M6 threadsHousing ................... Stainless steel fibers in a high temperature nylon compositeWheel Width............ 0.25"Weight ..................... 5 oz typical

Operating Temp....... -20° to +85° C for standard models -40° to +85° C for low temperature option -20° to +100° C for high temperature optionStorage Temp .......... -25° to +85° CHumidity .................. 98% RH non-condensingVibration .................. 10 g @ 58 to 500 HzShock ...................... 80 g @ 11 ms durationSealing .................... IP50 standard; IP65 available

For RotationalApplications theTru-TracTM can bemounted in anyorientation to monitorthe position or velocityof many types ofrotating equipment suchas web tension controldrums, rotary tables,printing, spooling, etc.

Waveform Diagram Wiring Table

Cable 5-pin 8-pinFunction Wire Color M12** M12** ComBlack37 2White1+ VDC ABrown14 --A'Yellow3 RedB24 --B'Green5 Orange56Z --Z'Blue8 ----Bare *Shield

Environmental

Waveform shown with optional complementary signals A, B, Z for HV and OD outputs only.

* CE Option: Cable shield (bare wire) is connected to internal case. ** Non-CE Option: Cable shield is connected to M12 connector body. REVISIONS CE Option: Cable shield isLTRDESCRIPTIONconnected to M12 connector body, ECO #05437GMAF and internal case.G

HECO #05840ECO #06010

GMAJP

0.815 MAX HEIGHT

2

0.520 MAX HEIGHT

35

1

4

12 873 45 6

DATE02/15/0809/21/0906/15/10

5-pin M12

8-pin M12

0.285 MAX HEIGHT


1

2

9 8

7

0.550 MAX

HA B1 2 3 4 5

Linear Encoders

1

Input Voltage .......... 4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 85° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 85° C to 100° C Input Current .......... 100 mA max (65 mA typical) with no output loadOutput Format ......... Incremental- Two square waves in Cquadra- ture with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the wheel side. See Waveform Diagrams below.Output Types ........... Open Collector- 20 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Pull-Up- Open collector with 2.2K ohm Pull- Up 20mA max per channel BLine Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply)Index ....................... Once per revolution. 0190 to 10,000 CPR: Gated to output A 0001 to 0189 CPR: Ungated See Waveform Diagrams below.Max. Frequency ...... Standard Frequency Response is 200 kHz for CPR 1 to 2540 A500 kHz for CPR 2541 to 5000 1 MHz for CPR 5001 to 10,000 Extended Frequency Response (optional) is 300 kHz for CPR 2000, 2048, 2500, and 2540Noise Immunity ....... Tested to BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2; BS EN61000-4-2; BS EN61000-4-3; BS EN61000-4-6, BS EN500811Symmetry ................ 180° (±18°) electricalQuad. Phasing ........ 90° (±22.5°) electricalMin. Edge Sep ........ 67.5° electricalAccuracy ................. Within 0.017° mechanical or 1 arc-minute from true position. (for CPR>189)

"L"SIDE

"R"SIDE

5/32" [4.0] HEXSOCKET

2.500 [63.5] 3.13 [79.60]

0.50 [12.6]

"L" SIDE0.24 [6]

1.00 [25.3]

1.3 [33]TYPICAL

1/4-20 or M6 THREADS AVAILABLESHAFT CAN BE REVERSED FORMOUNTING FROM EITHER SIDE Ø 1.71 [43.4]

0.740 18.80]

0.100 [2.54]

"R" SIDE0.60 [15.2] tracB

Note: Width of Wheel is 0.25" [6.35]


Model TR1 - Tru-TracTM Applications

For Linear Applicationsthe Tru-TracTM can bemounted above or belowthe moving object, and 54the tension on the wheeladjusted for a widerange of applicationssuch as packaging,conveyors, mail sorting,cut to length, labeling,gantries etc.


E

DRAWN

PC ENCODER PR0DUCTS COMPANY

DATEAPPROVALS

NAME AND TITLE

DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES

ISSUE DATE:

J.Meschko 10/25/04

xx/xx/xxNEXT ASSEM.

TOLERANCES

DECIMAL

DECIMAL

CHECKED

RESP ENG

MFG ENG

QUAL ENG

Model TR1

DWG. NO.XXXPREV. ASSEM.

XXXPART NUMBER

<>

+- .005

+- .01ANGULAR+-1trac-01

NONE DWG. SIZE:

REV.

B

BSHEET

1OF1SCALE:

59

Model TR2 - Tru-TracEncoder with Rack and Pinion Gearing


Encoder With Rack And Pinion Gear Integrated Into One Compact UnitEasily Installed In A Vertical, Horizontal, Or Upside-Down OrientationOperates At Speeds Up To 400 Feet Per MinuteSpring Loaded Torsion Arm Eliminates Gear BacklashIntegrated Module Simplifies Your System Design, Reducing Cost

TM

Backlash B-Gone! At last, a linear encoder solution with no back-lash or slippage. The NEW TR2Tru-Trac™ is a versatile solution for tracking velocity, position, or distance in almost any application,featuring an integrated encoder with a rack and pinion gear assembly. Using the Rack and Piniongear system, encoder readings can be obtained with repeatable positioning, providing excellentaccuracy. Racks can be ordered in varying lengths, and with the accessory spacer block, multiplelengths of rack can be joined for easy installation. Due to the spring loaded torsion arm, whichprovides simple to adjust torsion load, the TR2 has all the flexibility and maneuverability of the originalTR1 Tru-Trac™. It has the ability to be installed in a horizontal, vertical, or upside down position.The threaded shaft on the pivot axis is field reversible, providing mounting access from either side,and the durable conductive composite housing material will eliminate static build up. With so manyconfiguration options in a simple integrated encoder solution, it is easy to see that the TR2 is on theright track for success!

Common Applications

Model TR2 - Tru-Trac Ordering Guide


TM

X-Y Tables, Gantry Systems, Packaging Machinery, Cut-To-Length, Printing,Labeling, Document Handling, Machine Shop Equipment

Optional Features


Linear Encoders

60


None Std

TR2

MODELTR2 Tru-TracTM

D1 R4 0800

CYCLES PER REVOLUTIONSee Resolution Chart Below Price adder >1999

N V1 A

OCPPHVPUOD

OC F00

OPERATING TEMPERATURE -20° to +85° C (Std)T1 -40° to +85° CT2 -20° to +100° C




PIVOT SHAFT MOUNTING1

R4 Right side 1/4-20 threadL4 Left side 1/4-20 threadR6 Right side M6 threadL6 Left side M6 thread

D1D21920

PINION GEAR40 Tooth Pinion Gear for Stainless Steel Rack40 Tooth Pinion Gear for Flexible RackNo Pinion- 1/4" ShaftNo Pinion- 6 mm Shaft


COMMUTATIONN None


NUMBER OF CHANNELS2

A Channel A


Channel B Leads A8


F00F01F02F03M00j00K00

CONNECTOR TYPE18" Cable 3 (Std)12" Cable24" Cable36" Cable2M Cable 418" Cable with 5-pin M126

18" Cable with 8-pin M126

cost h low ion! itNow wrack optFlex T


0001 thru 0189*0300031505800600112512002048250040965000

019803600750125025406000

020004000800150030007200

Red resolutions are common. See resolution charts for more information.


025005001000180036008192

0256051210242000400010,000

New CPR values are periodically added to those listed. Contact CustomerService to determine all currently available values. Special disk resolutionsare available upon request and may be subject to a one time NRE fee.

NOTES:1 See mechanical drawing. Shaft is reversible in the field.2 Contact Customer Service for non-standard index gating or phase relationship options.3 For non-standard English cable lengths enter ‘F’ plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: F06 = 6 feet of cable. Frequency above 300 kHz standard cable lengths only.4 For non-standard metric cable lengths enter ‘M’ plus cable length expressed in meters. Example: M06 = 6 meters of cable.5 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com.6 5-pin not available with Line Driver (HV) output. Additional cables lengths available.7 With Input Voltage above 16 VDC, operating temperature is limited to 85o C.8 Reverse Quadrature not available with PU output type.



Model TR2 - Tru-TracSpecifications

TM

TM

Model TR2 - Tru-TracTM8 7 6

D

5 4 3

REV.

2

REVISIONS

1

DESCRIPTION

-- INITIAL RELEASE 9/06DATEAPPROVED

UNDER RUBBER CAPElectricalØ1.2732 PITCH CIRCLE, 4.000 PITCH CIRCUMFERENCE

18" [457] STANDARD Input Voltage .......... 4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 85° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between"L""R"

SIDE85° C to 100° CSIDE

Input Current .......... 100 mA max (65 mA typical) with no output 5/32" [4.0]load1/4-20 or M6 THREADS AVAILABLE

1.00HEX SOCKETOutput Format ......... Incremental - Two square waves in quadra-C[25.4]CØ0.2498"Ø 1.71 [43.4]

2.50 [63.5]ture with channel A leading B for clockwise1/10 CIRCULAR PITCH RACK[Ø5.995]1.5 [38]3.13 [79.6]shaft rotation, as viewed from the wheelTYPICAL6-32 UNC-2B 0.25 DEEP

0.188 [4.78]0.50 [12.7]side. See Waveform Diagrams below.4.00 TYP. SPACING0.4432 [11.257]0.24 [6.0]FACE WIDTH

PITCH LINEOutput Types ........... Open Collector- 20 mA max per channel"L" SIDEØ0.147 THRU

0.475Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel3.00 TYP. SPACING

[12.06]Pull-Up- Open collector with 2.2K ohm Pull- 0.740 [18.80]Up 20mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (MeetsBB0.218 [5.54]0.100 [2.54]0.230RS 422 at 5 VDC supply) [5.84]SEE ORDERING GUIDE0.60 [15.2]Index ....................... Once per revolution. 0190 to 10,000 CPR:FOR AVAILABLE LENGTHS"R" SIDE

trac02Gated to output A. 0001 to 0189 CPR: UngatedDiscAll dimensions PerSee Waveform Diagrams at right. Inches Pulses Cyclesare in inches with a tolerance of +0.005" or +0.01" unless otherwise specified. Metric dimensions are givenREVISIONS Inch RevolutionMax. Frequency ...... Standard Frequency Response is Per Pulse Perin brackets [mm].DALTRDESCRIPTION

-INITIAL RELEASE200 kHz for CPR 1 to 25400.01400100A500 kHz for CPR 2541 to 5000ENCODER PR0DUCTS COMPANYA

8002000.005

Waveform Diagram1 MHz for CPR 5001 to 10,000Resolutions- English Units 1000Model TR22500.004 Extended Frequency Response (optional) is Disc2000 Pulses Cycles Per0.002500-trac-02300 kHz for CPR 2000, 2048, 2500, & 2540-Inches-

INCREMENTAL SIGNALS2000*0.001Noise Immunity ....... Tested to BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2; 1000 Per Pulse Per Inch Revolution-

65473212000** 1002000BS EN61000-4-2; BS EN61000-4-3;0.00050.01400 OUTPUT ABS EN61000-4-6, BS EN500811 0.00042500** 20025008000.005 OUTPUT ASymmetry ................ 180° (±18°) electrical50002500**+ 2500.000210000.004 Quad. Phasing ........ 90° (±22.5°) electrical++2500** 5000.0001 10,000 0.0022000 Min. Edge Sep ........ 67.5° electrical*Requires 2x external quadrature countingOUTPUT B10002000*0.001Accuracy ................. Within 0.017° mechanical or 1 arc-minute 4x external quadrature counting**Requires +Requires 2x Interpolation2000**20000.0005from true position. (for CPR>189) ++Requires 4x Interpolation 0.00042500**2500Mechanical50002500**+0.0002 OUTPUT BRadial Shaft Load .. 5 lb max. Rated load of 2 to 3 lb for2500**++0.0001 10,000gated to A = 180°bearing life of 1.2 x 1010

revolutions*Requires 2x external quadrature countingungated approx. = 270°**Requires 4x external quadrature countingAxial Shaft Load ...... 5 lb max. Rated load of 2 to 3 lb forINDEX Z+Requires 2x Interpolation bearing life of 1.2 x 1010 revolutions ++Requires 4x InterpolationWaveform shown with optional complementary signals A, B, ZINDEX Z

gated to A = 180°Starting Torque ........ IP50 0.05 oz-in for HV and OD outputsungated approx. = 270°only.Note: Rising edge ofIP65 0.4 oz-inChan. U occurs within

±1° mechanical Electrical Conn ........ 18" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWGCOMMUTATION SIGNALSto center of Index Z.

Resolutions- Metric Units conductors), 5- or 8-pin M12 (12 mm) in-line connector with 18" cable (braid shield)OUTPUT UDisc

Mounting ................. Pivot shaft can be mounted from either sidemmOUTPUT U Accessory Angle MountingPulses Cycles PerTM

TM of the Tru-Trac housing, and is reversiblePer Pulse Per mm RevolutionBracket for TR2 Tru-Trac in the field. Specify 1/4-20 or M6 threads120°0.04252540can be ordered separately Housing ................... Stainless steel fibers in a high temperature 502540*0.02as part # 140104nylon composite OUTPUT V0.011002540**Weight ..................... 5 oz typicalDimensional drawing available atDisc


40 TOOTH, 1/10 CIRCULAR PITCH PINION TORQUE ADJUSTMENTCABLE LENGTH D

EP

C

APPROVALS DATE

DIMENSIONS

09/01/06

ARE IN INCHESDRAWN

NNP 8/25/06NAME AND TITLE

ISSUE DATE:TOLERANCES

DECIMAL

CHECKED

NEXT ASSEM.

+ .005

.01

1

RESP ENG

MFG ENG

DWG. NO. REV.

PREV. ASSEM. DECIMAL

+PART NUMBER ANGULAR

+QUAL ENG

SCALE: NONE DWG. SIZE: BSHEET

1OF1

Environmental Operating Temp....... -20° to +85° C for standard models -40° to +85° C for low temperature option -20° to +100° C for high temperature option Storage Temp .......... -25° to +85° C Humidity .................. 98% RH non-condensing Vibration .................. 10 g @ 58 to 500 Hz Shock ...................... 80 g @ 11 ms duration Sealing .................... IP50 standard; IP65 available

mmPulses Cycles Per*Requires 2x external quadrature counting Per Pulse Per**Requires 4x external quadrature counting mm Revolution

OUTPUT V www.encoder.com.

Wiring

0.04 0.02

Table0.01

0.815 MAX HEIGHT

5-pin 4x external quadrature counting OUTPUT WCable **Requires 8-pin FFunction Wire Color M12** M12**ROTATIONCLOCKWISEGComBlack3715waveNOTE: ALL DEGREE REFERENCES ARE ELECTRICAL DEGREES122White112H+ VDC 8735ABrown14 4345 6--A'Yellow3

0.520 MAX 4ISSUE DATERedB2PTOLERANCEE CENCODER PRODUCTS COM 04/22/04

B' HEIGHT --Green5

DECIMALINITIALDATE NAME AND TITLENEXT ASSEMBLY8-pin5-pinOrange56ZLINE DRIVER AND COM+- .005DR

M12 SKW 7/24/03--M12 OUTPUT WAVEFORMZ'Blue8DECIMALCKPREV ASSEMBLYDWG NUMBER

----Bare *+Shield - .01QC* CE Option: Cable shield (bare wire)

is connected to internal case.** Non-CE Option: Cable shield is connected to M12 connector body. CE Option: Cable shield is connected to M12 connector body, and internal case.HA B

*Requires 2x external quadrature counting

2550100

25402540*2540**

120°

OUTPUT W

PART NUMBERANGULAR

+-

MFG

.1° PRJ ENG DWG SIZE

0.550 15waveMAX AN/AHEIGHT SCALE

Linear Encoders

61

LTR

SHEET1

1

2

9 8

7

10 P 12

3 114

5

6G KJ C DF E


12-pin10-pinBayonet


Model TR2 - Tru-TracSpecifications forStainless Steel & Flexible Rack

Mechanical - Stainless Steel Rack Max Linear Speed ... 400 Feet Per Minute. Speeds over 200 FPM require lubricant, such as MoS2 paste, to reduce gearing wear. Higher speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service. Rack Material .................. 303 Stainless Steel Gearing Tolerance ... AGMA 10, 20 degree pressure angle teeth Accuracy ................. ±0.0005 inch/inch max accumulated error Repeatability ........... ±0.0001 inch

Mechanical - Flexible Rack Max Linear Speed ... 200 Feet Per Minute

Rack Material ......... AcetalGearing Geometry .. 20° pressure angle teethAccuracy ................. ±0.002 inch/inch max accumulated errorRepeatability ........... ±0.001 inch for Flexible Rack

TM

TM

Model TR2 - Tru-TracTM Applications

Racks and Accessories for the TR2

Part #176216176217176218176219161546161548

161547

140104176220176302

Length12" for Stainless Steel24" for Stainless Steel36" for Stainless SteelSpacer Block for Stainless Steel2 meter flexible rackFlexible rack clamps 10 pk (withM4x0.7 x 1) mm Phillips pan head machine screws.1 meter guide rail for flexible rack (does not workwith 176220 gear)Angle Mounting Bracket40 Tooth Pinion Gear for use with Stainless Steel Rack40 Tooth Pinion Gear for use with Flexible Rack

(Rack Must Be Ordered Separately)

Additional Pinion Gears TMfor TR2 Tru-Trac can be ordered separately as partSee drawings for rack dimensions. For lengths over 36", order multiple pieces of# 176220 (stainless steel rack)stainless steel rack or the flexible option. A spacer block must be used to accurately

or # 176302 (flexible rack).join two or more pieces of rack. See Technical Bulletin TB-522 or TB-523 for details.1/10 CIRCULAR PITCH RACK

6-32 UNC-2B 0.25Model TR2 - Tru-TracTM Stainless TYP.

SPACINGDEEP4.00 Steel Rack0.1250 0.188 [4.78]

FACE WIDTH

Linear Encoders

0.1250 0.188 [4.78]FACE WIDTH

6-32 UNC-2B THRU2X @ 90 0

40 TOOTH, 1/10 CIRCULAR PITCH PINION1.2732 PITCH CIRCLE, 4.000 PITCH CIRCUMFERENCE

0.2498 THRU[5.995]

PRECISION AGMA 10 PINION FOR RIGID RACK

0.147 THRU 0.12503.00 TYP.1/10 CIRCULAR PITCH RACKSPACING 6-32 UNC-2B 0.25 DEEP

4.00 TYP. SPACING0.147 THRU 0.218 [5.54]3.00 TYP. SPACING

0.4432 [11.257]PITCH LINE 0.475 [3.18]0.125

[12.06]WIDTHFACE

0.4432 [11.257]PITCH LINE 0.2300.475 [12.06][5.84]

0.230[5.84]

R.02[0.5]2X

R.02[0.5]2X

0.11 0.13 0

6-32 UNC-2B THRU2X @ 90 0

SEE ORDERING GUIDEFOR AVAILABLE LENGTHS

0.218 [5.54] SEE ORDERING GUIDEFOR AVAILABLE LENGTHS

6-32 UNC-2B THRU2X @ 90 0

0.118 [3.00] 0.130 [3.30] 0.0590.31[1.5

0.315 [8.00]


40 TOOTH, 1/10 CIRCULAR PITCH PINION TRACK RACK1.2732 PITCH CIRCLE, 4.000 PITCH CIRCUMFERENCE

1/10 CIRCULARPITCH SPACER BLOCK


0.4432 [11.257]PITCH LINE

0.4432 [11.257]PITCH LINE

0.475[12.06]

0.475[12.06]

0.230

TRACK RACK

1.90

0.2498 THRU[5.995]

0.230[5.84]

1.90 0.2498 THRU[5.84][5.995]

PRECISION AGMA 10 PINION FOR RIGID RACK 0.125 FACE WIDTH PINION FOR FLEXIBLE RACK

1/10 CIRCULAR PITCH RACK

Model TR2 - Tru-TracTM Flexible Rack 6-32 UNC-2B 0.25 DEEP 4.00 TYP. SPACING 0.12500.125 [3.18]0.147 THRUFACE WIDTH3.00 TYP. SPACING

0.4432 [11.257]PITCH LINE 0.475 [12.06]

0.230[5.84]

TRAC-GEARS

R.02[0.5]2X

0.118 [3.00] 0.130 [3.30] 0.059 [1.50]

MOLDED FLEXIBLE RACKFOR 200 PRESSURE ANGLE PINION1/10 CIRCULAR PITCH

TOTAL LENGTH +/- 0.5% - SEE ORDER GUIDE - 0.218 [5.54]

6-32 UNC-2B THRU SEE ORDERING GUIDE 2X @ 90FOR AVAILABLE LENGTHS

0

0.315 [8.00]


TRACK RACK


0.4432 [11.257]PITCH LINE

0.475[12.06]

0.230[5.84]1.90

0.2498 THRU[5.995]

0.125 FACE WIDTH PINION FOR FLEXIBLE RACK

62 1-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected]

April 2010

An integrated encoder and spring loaded measuring wheel assembly available in one, easy-to-use, compact unit.

The Tru-TracTM by Encoder Products Company is a versatile solution for tracking velocity, position, or distance over a wide variety of surfaces in almost any application

Most companies spend costly hours designing measuring wheel andbracket assemblies attached to an encoder for measuring positionor velocity. Once designed, adjusting the pressure of the measuringwheel is often a major problem. Thanks to our Tru-TracTM Encoders,those days are a thing of the past!

Easy to use and very compact, the Tru-TracTM Encoders are fullyadjustable integrated encoders with spring loaded measuring wheelassemblies. Monitoring speed, velocity or position has never beeneasier or more cost effective. Designed for use in almost any po-sition and orientation, installation possibilities are endless. Thethreaded shaft on the pivot axis makes these units reversible, allow-ing measuring from either side of the assembly.

A variety of available measuring wheels, together with the flexibilityof the adjustable spring loaded torsion arm, prevents slippage overmany different surfaces or textures. For applications with uniquesurfaces or measurements, you can provide your own measuringwheel. Simple torsion control provides easy wheel pressure adjust-ment in seconds, allowing various thicknesses of materials to bemeasured.

Common applications include, Web Tension Control, Paper Moni-toring, Glue Dispensing, Linear Material Monitoring, Conveyor Sys-tems, Printing, Labeling and Document Handling, see pages 58 - 62for more details.

The Tru-TracTM Encoders are perfect for linear applications and canbe mounted above or below the moving object. The spring loadedtorsion arm allows the tension on the wheel to be adjusted, so thatmeasurement can be obtained over a variety of different surfacesand textures. Perfect for cut-to-length, packaging, conveyors, mailsorting and gantry applications.

The Tru-TracTM Encoders can be mounted in any orientation to mon-itor velocity. This is perfect for many rotational applications such asweb tension control drums, rotary tables, printing, spooling, etc.

Accessory Angle Mounting TMBracket for TR2 Tru-Trac can be ordered separately as part # 140104Dimensional drawing available at www.encoder.com.

Now withlFlex Trac ow cost k option!

For specification assistance call Customer Service at 1-800-366-5412Please visit www.encoder.com/techbltn.html for additional information.


Model TR3 - Heavy Duty Tru-TracTM

Features• Heavy Duty Encoder And Measuring Wheel Solution Integrated Into One Industrial Strength Unit• Spring Loaded Torsion Arm Makes Wheel Pressure Adjustments A Snap• Easily Installed In A Vertical, Horizontal, or Upside-Down Orientation• Operates Over A Variety Of Surfaces At Speeds Up To 3000 Feet Per Minute• Integrated Module Simplifies Your System Design, Reducing Cost

EPC does it again! The NEW TR3 Heavy Duty Tru-Trac™ by Encoder Products Companyis an integrated heavy duty encoder and spring loaded measuring wheel assembly all inone, easy-to-use, compact unit. Available in a single, or optional dual-wheel format, theTR3 Heavy Duty Tru-Trac™ is a versatile solution for tracking velocity, position or distanceover a wide variety of surfaces in almost any industrial application. Its spring loaded tor-sion arm provides a simple-to-adjust torsion load, allowing the TR3 Heavy Duty Tru-Trac™to be mounted in any orientation, even upside-down. The TR3 Heavy Duty Tru-Trac™housing is an all metal work horse, specifically designed to take on your toughest applica-tion environments at operating speeds up to 3000 feet per minute. Just one look and it’seasy to see the TR3 Heavy Duty Tru-Trac™ is the ideal solution for countless applications.

Common ApplicationsLumber, Corrugated, Converting, Metal Roll Forming, Paper Monitoring, Glue Dispensing,Linear Material Monitoring, Conveyor Systems, Printing, Labeling, Mining, Construction

Model TR3 - Heavy Duty Tru-TracTM Ordering GuideBlue type indicates price adder options. Not all configuration combinations may be available. Contact Customer Service for details.

Linear Encoders

64

Mechanical ElectricalLeave Blank For Standard Options -20o to +85oC StdIP50 Std

Optional Features

None Std

TR3

MODELTR3 Tru-TracTM

U3 A 0500


V1 A

OCPPHVPUOD

OC F00

CONNECTORORIENTATION

L1L2L3L4L5

Standard Rear Exit60° From Standard120° From Standard180° From Standard240° From Standard300° From Standard

(See Drawing)

WHEEL CONFIGURATIONA SingleB Double

WHEEL TYPE & CIRCUMFERENCE Urethane 12" cir Urethane 1/3 M cir Knurled 12" cir Knurled 1/3 M cir No Wheel 3/8" (0.375") ShaftA3 Hard Anodized Knurled 12" cirA5 Hard Anodized Knurled 1/3 M cir

U3U5K3K525



OPERATING TEMPERATURE -20° to +85° C (Std)T1 -40° to +85° C6

T2 -20° to +100° C



NUMBER OF CHANNELS1

A Channel A


Channel B Leads A8


CONNECTOR TYPEF00 18" Cable 2 (Std)F01 12" CableF02 24" CableF03 36" CableM00 2M Cable3

SMW 6-pin MS7

SMY 7-pin MS7

SMX 10-pin MS7

SMJ 5-pin M127

SMK 8-pin M127



0001 thru 0189*02560300050005120800100012501500250025404096500010,000

0198031505801024180030006000

0200036006001125200036007200

0250040007501200204840008192

Optional Accessory Mounting Bracket (Stock #176389-01) for TMTR3 Heavy Duty Tru-Trac can be ordered separately.


New CPR values are periodically added to those listed.Contact Customer Service to determine all currently availablevalues. Special disk resolutions are available upon request andmay be subject to a one-time NRE fee.

For specification assistance call Customer Service at1-800-366-5412

NOTES:1 Contact Customer Service for non-standard index gating or phase relationship options.2 For non-standard English cable lengths enter ‘F’ plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: F06 = 6 feet of cable. Frequency above 300 kHz standard cable lengths only.3 For non-standard metric cable lengths enter ‘M’ plus cable length expressed in meters. Example: M06 = 6 meters of cable.4 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com.5 With Input Voltage above 16 VDC, operating temperature is limited to 85° C.6 Rated to -40° C during encoder operation. Storage and startup below -25° C not recommended.7 Body Mount connector options only available with connector orientation L1 thru L5.8 Reverse Quadrature not available with PU output type.

April 20101-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected]

8 7 6 5 4 3 2REVISIONS

1

DESCRIPTION8 7 6 5 4 REV.

Model TR3 - Heavy Duty Tru-TracTM

D

00 PRELIMINARY RELEASE01 ADDED A LEADS B, REMOVED 12" CIRC. STD

3DATE

REV.

DATE

00 PRE01 ADD

Model TR3 Tru-TracTM SpecificationsD Model TR3 - Heavy Duty Tru-TracTM

OPTIONAL DOUBLE WHEEL

Electrical

NEXT ASSEM.XXX

PREV. ASSEM.

XXX+0.000-0.005

PART NUMBER

+0.01-0.13 4 3

<>

-+ .005DECIMAL-+ .01ANGULAR-+ 1

4

DECIMAL RESP ENG

MFG ENG

QUAL ENG

DWG. NO.DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES

ISSUE DATE:TR3-STDxx/xx/xx

XXX

Linear Encoders

TOLERANCES

DECIMAL

DECIMAL

A LEADS B FORInput Voltage .......... 4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 85° CCW

ROTATION4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 85° C to 100° C Input Current .......... 100 mA max (65 mA typical) with no output loadOutput Format ......... Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature Cwith channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the wheel side. SeeC

12" CIRC.Waveform Diagrams below.WHEEL SHOWN

Output Types ........... Open Collector- 20 mA max per channel 5.25 [133.4]Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel 6.25 [158.8]Pull-Up- Open collector with 2.2K ohm Pull-Up 20mA max per channel2.50 [63.5]

BODY DIA.5/32" HEX SOCKETLine Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS FOR SHAFT CLAMP422 at 5 VDC supply)Index ....................... Once per revolution. B0190 to 10,000 CPR: Gated to output A 0001 to 0189 CPR: UngatedB

5876See Waveform Diagrams below.Max. Frequency ...... Standard Frequency Response is 200 kHz for CPR 1 to 2540 500 kHz for CPR 2541 to 5000 1 MHz forDCPR 5001 to 10,000 Extended Frequency Response (optional) is 300 kHz for CPR 2000, 2048, 2500, and 2540Noise Immunity ....... Tested to BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2;A

NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED BS EN61000-4-2; BS EN61000-4-3; 3.00 [76.2]A1. MATERIAL:BS EN61000-4-6, BS EN500811NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED [38.1]1.502. FINISH: NONESymmetry ................ 180° (±18°) electrical EDGES 1.00 [25.4]3. BREAK ALL SHARP1. MATERIAL:Quad. Phasing ........ 90° (±22.5°) electrical2. FINISH: NONEØ0.625

6573. BREAK ALL SHARP EDGES [ Ø15.86Min. Edge Sep ........ 67.5° electrical]Accuracy ................. Within 0.017° mechanical or 1 arc-minute fromC

7true position. (for CPR>189)

A LEADS B FORFOR MOUNTING ONCW ROTATION -0.005A ø0.625+0.000 SHAFT

FOR MOUNTING ON -0.005A ø0.625+0.000 SHAFT

OPTIONAL DOUBLE WHEEL

1/2-20, .500" DEEP

TR3-STD

12" CIRC.WHEEL SHOWN

5.25 [133.4]

6.25 [158.8]

2.50 [63.5]BODY DIA.

0.75 [19.0]3.35 [85.2] 4.00 [101.6]

1/2-20, .500" DEEP

0.75 [19.0]3.35 [85.2] 4.00 [101.6]TR3-STD

5/32" HEX SOCKET FOR SHAFT CLAMP

4 3

REV.

2REVISIONS

DESCRIPTION

1

00 PROTOTYPE01 MOVED SHAFT DIMENSION, REMOVED STRAY MARK

Model TR3 Mounting Bracket (Order #176389-01)THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION

www.encoder.com

APPROVALSDRAWN

CHECKED

DATE

6

2.50[63.5] 1.75 [44.4] 1.25 [31.7] 0.281 [ 5 7.14]

THRU5x


ISSUE DATE:

SBR

NAME AND TITLE THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION

09/25/09

xx/xx/xxTOLERANCES

TR3 STANDARD CATALOG VIEWS APPROVALSDRAWN

CHECKED

SBR

1SCALE:

2 ASSEM.NONENEXTXXX DWG. SIZE:

PREV. ASSEM.

PART NUMBER

B + .005-SHEET ENGRESP

OF

3<>

-+ .01ANGULAR-+ 1

1MFG ENG

QUAL ENG

MechanicalMax Linear Speed ... 3000 FPM not to exceed a maximum shaft speed of 6000 RPM.Shaft Material ......... Stainless SteelShaft Size................ ø0.375"Radial Shaft Load .. Up to10 lb max. Controlled by spring torsion featureStarting Torque ........ 1.0 oz-in typical with IP50 sealB2.5 oz-in typical with IP66 seal and single wheel 4.0 oz-in typical with IP66 seal and dual wheelElectrical Conn ........ 18" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors) 6-, 7-, or 10-pin MS style, 5- or 8-pin M12 (12mm)Mounting ................. 5/8" diameter thru hole with clampHousing ................... Powder coated aluminumWheel Width............ 3/4" standardWeight ..................... 2.5 lb typical with single wheel 3.0 lb typical with dual wheel ANOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

1. MATERIAL: 2. standard modelsOperating Temp....... -20° to +85° C for FINISH: NONE 3. BREAK ALL SHARP EDGES -40° to +85° C for low temperature option -20° to +100° C for high temperature optionStorage Temp .......... -25° to +85° CHumidity .................. 98% RH non-condensingVibration .................. 10 g @ 58 to 500 HzShock ...................... 80 g @ 11 ms durationSealing .................... IP50 standard; IP66 available

8.95[227.3]

3.50[88.9]

TR3-BRACKET

3.25[82.6]

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT

4.50[114.3]

1.00[25.4]


APPROVALSDRAWN

CHECKED

DATE

www.encoder.co

NAME AND TITLE

Environmental DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES

ISSUE DATE:

SBR 12/29/09

xx/xx/xxNEXT ASSEM.

TOLERANCES

DECIMAL

DECIMAL

TR3 ACCESSORY BRACKET

DWG. NO.XXX

PREV. ASSEM.

XXXPART NUMBER

7 6 5 4 3<>

ANGULAR

-+ .005

-+ .01

-+ 1

RESP ENG

MFG ENG

QUAL ENG

TR3-BRACKNONEDWG. SIZE:SCALE: B

2 1


Model TR3 - Heavy Duty Tru-TracTM8 7 6 5 4 3

REV.

2REVISIONS

1

DESCRIPTION

00 PRELIMINARY RELEASE DATEDATE

Model TR3 Double Wheel PivotD

(Order #176391-01)

ALLOWS UNIT TO ROTATE FREELY TO MAINTAIN EQUALPRESSURE ON BOTH WHEELS, ACCOMODATING UNEVEN/ANGLED SURFACES AND MOUNTING MISALIGNMENT

D

C PIVOT JOINTC

B7.5

TR3-PIVOT

B

ATHIRD ANGLE PROJECTION

NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

1. MATERIAL:2. FINISH: NONE3. BREAK ALL SHARP EDGES

7 6 5 4


ISSUE DATE:

www.encoder.com

APPROVALSDRAWN

CHECKED

DATE

A

NAME AND TITLE

SBR 12/28/09

xx/xx/xx

NEXT ASSEM.

TOLERANCES

TR3 DOUBLE WHEEL PIVOT

DWG. NO.XXX

PREV. ASSEM.XXX

PART NUMBER

3<>

-+ .005DECIMAL-+ .01ANGULAR-+ 1

DECIMAL RESP ENG

MFG ENG

QUAL ENG

TR3-PIVOTNONE DWG. SIZE:

REV.

00SHEET

SCALE: B 1 OF 1

2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3

REV.

2REVISIONS

1

DESCRIPTION

00 PRELIMINARY RELEASE DATEDATE

ES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

7

6

ATERIAL:1 9 8

NISH: NONE20.520 MAXEAK ALL SHARP EDGES 10 P 12HEIGHT3

HA BG KJ C

FE

D

0.850 MAX10-pin HEIGHTBayonet

G

F

H

J

E

I

0.680 MAXG

IHEIGHT JF

E

Linear Encoders

D

Model TR3 Connector Options

Connector Orientation

STANDARDREAR EXIT

Wiring Table

LTRCM122 MSCable M122 DESCRIPTION MS MS MS DATE 02/15/08FWire ECO #05437 GMAHV,OD PU, PP, PU, PP,

GOCFunction Color ECO #05840 GMAOC09/21/09 H3Com Black ECO #06010 JPFFA,F06/15/107F

REVISIONSGland1 5-pin 8-pin 10-pin 7-pin 7-pin 6-pin

L2L1

0.815 MAX HEIGHT

L3

60° 2

35

1

4

0.520 MAX HEIGHT

TR3-ORIENT

12 873 45 6

+VDC

A

A'

White

Brown

Yellow

1

LTR

2 D

5-pin M12

8-pin M12 REVISIONS

0.815 MAX HEIGHT

L4

1

2

10 P 12

3 114

5

9 8

7

L5

2

0.520 MAX6HEIGHT

HA BG KJ C

F D

35

1

4

12 873 45 6

LTRDESCRIPTION

0.550 #05437 GMABECO MAXFRedB ECO #05840GMAG HEIGHT INCREMENTAL SIGNALSH ECO #06010GreenB' JP

OUTPUT A

OUTPUT A

1 MAXA4 0.285 DESCRIPTION A-INITIAL

RELEASEHEIGHT----3 DATEHC

2

5 06/15/10 EI

61

8

----

2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9

REVISIONSD D

A

B

DDATE

----

E----

C

----

----

----

B----

C

----

G

4 02/15/08 BB09/21/09

----

5

----

----

Z Orange C

J

----

----

G 5-pinEConnector PinoutsM12

12-pin

2

35

1

4 HA BG KJ C

FE

D

10-pinBayonet

12 873 45 6

8-pin REVISIONS M12LTRDESCRIPTION ECO #05437PROJECTIONGMAF0.550 MAXTHIRD ANGLEGMAG ECO #05840HEIGHT H ECO #06010 IN INCHESJPDIMENSIONS ARE

APPROVALSDRAWN

ISSUE DATE:

DATE

NAME AND TITLE

xx/xx/xxNEXT ASSEM.

TOLERANCESCHECKED

SBR 012/28/09 TR3 CABLE ORIENTATIONS

DWG. NO.

DATE 9-pin1------------------------Shield02/15/08 BareAD-SUBwww.encoder.comREVISIONS09/21/091 CE Option: Cable shield (bare wire) is connected to internal case.DATELTRDESCRIPTION06/15/102 OUTPUT B

-INITIAL RELEASECE Option: Read Technical 180°gated to A = Bulletin TB111.

1 2 3 4 5 REV.

6 7 8 9

Z'Blue0.285 MAX Case BOUTPUT

HEIGHT ----

G

XXXPREV. ASSEM.

XXXDECIMAL

114

57 65-pin

M128-pin5

M124

12-pin 0.850 HEIGHT

10-pinMAXBayonet

30.285 MAX HEIGHT

<>PART NUMBER

-+ .005

-+ .01ANGULAR-+ 1

DECIMAL RESP ENG

MFG ENG

QUAL ENG

TR3-ORIENTINDEX Z

NONE

00

1SCALE:

2 1DWG. SIZE: B SHEETINDEX1Z OF

Waveform DiagramPIN 1 approx. = 270°ungated

gated to A = 180°

ungated approx. = 270°

1

0.550 MAX 0.680 MAXHEIGHT HEIGHT

COMMUTATION SIGNALSD-SUBOUTPUT A

OUTPUT U AOUTPUT

OUTPUT U

OUTPUT B8-pinMolex Header

120°

9-pinINCREMENTAL SIGNALS

0.8 MAX HEIGHTNote: Rising edge of

Chan. U occurs within±1° mechanicalto center of Index Z.

0.675 MAX HEIGHT

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9PIN 1 OUTPUT V

OUTPUT V BOUTPUT

0.8 MAXHEIGHT

CABLEGLAND

A

0.680 MAX HEIGHT

B

C

D

A G BE C D

F

0.675 MAX HEIGHT

9-pinD-SUB

FE

A

D

8-pin Molex HeaderB

C

NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS180°IN INCHESgated to A =

ISSUE DATE

OUTPUT WGLANDCOMMUTATION SIGNALSDECIMAL

15wave

INDEX ZOUTPUT W INDEX Z

gated to A = 180° 120°ungated approx. = 270°

CABLETOLERANCEungated approx. = 270°

EP

C Chan. U occurs withinENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANY±1° mechanical

Note: Rising edge of

PIN 1

10-pin MS

H AB

C

D

7-pin MS

A F G BEC D

FE

CONN

0.675 MAX HEIGHT

A

D

BC

.01 All degree references are electrical degrees.Note: QC

6-pin MSMFG

PART NUMBERANGULAR shown with optional complementary signals 120°NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS WaveformIN + INCHES - .1°DWG SIZESCALEPRJ ENGBN/A

+-

DATE0.8 NEXT ASSEMBLY + .005 DRINITIALCLOCKWISE ROTATIONMAX-OUTPUT U

NOTE: ALL DEGREE REFERENCES ARE ELECTRICAL DEGREESDECIMALHEIGHTCKPREV ASSEMBLYClockwise rotation as viewed from the single wheel side.DWG NUMBEROUTPUT U

NAME AND TITLE

GDB 10/5/99 CONNECTORSto center of Index Z.

ISSUE DATE A, B, Z for HV and OD outputs only.PTOLERANCEE CENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANYOUTPUT

VTOLERANCE 04/22/04ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANYE C

ISSUE DATEP

SHEET

+-

CONN1

HOF

REV.

1

6610-pin1-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected] CABLEPREV ASSEMBLY GLAND

MS 7-pin MS 6-pin MS+-

8-pinMolex Header


DECIMAL

.005

.01

INITIAL

DR

CK

QC

MFG

NEXT ASSEMBLY DECIMAL TITLEVOUTPUTDATE NAME AND

GDB 10/5/99+- .005

PREV ASSEMBLY DECIMALDWG NUMBER

+-

CONNPART NUMBERANGULAR+- .1°

PRJ ENG

PART NUMBEROUTPUT W

ANGULAR

DWG +SIZE-

CONNECTORSOUTPUT WAVEFORM

.01HCONN15wave

DR SKW 7/24/03

CKDWG NUMBER

INITIAL DATE NAME AND TITLELINE DRIVER AND COMM.

REV. REV.120° April 2010

QC

.1°BMFG

-

1 OFPRJ ENG SCALE SHEET 1N/A SIZE ADWGOF 1 SCALE N/A SHEET 1

Measuring Wheels: Increasing the Versatility of Encoders

When properly selected and installed, measuring wheel encoderscan provide years of trouble free and cost effective performance.In many types of applications, wheeled encoders can provide moreconvenient installations and higher accuracy than shaft or hollowbore encoders. The basic components of a completely integratedmeasuring wheel solution include: the encoder, the measuringwheel(s), a spring mechanism to apply a wheel load, and a pivotmounting bracket. There are many important considerations whenselecting a measuring wheel encoder but two of the more signifi-cant decisions will be the number of wheels needed as well aswhat type of wheel will best suit the application's environment.

A single measuring wheel may be the only option for your appli-cation, depending on the width of the material being measured.Single measuring wheels must be aligned perpendicular to the ma-terial to avoid error induced by uneven wear and a change in thewheel's effective turning diameter. Double measuring wheels resultin twice the traction, reducing the potential for wheel slippage, andwhen coupled with a pivot mount that allows the encoder to rotatefreely, the measuring wheels will align with the measured materialand maintain equal pressure on both wheels. EPC's TR3 has thisoption, and more.

The actual selection of the various materials is determined by thetype of material that is to be measured. The rubber offers the besttraction in most applications, but it can be short lived with somematerials. The 80 urethane is somewhat harder than the rubberand usually lasts longer. The 90 urethane is the hardest of thecoated wheels and provides the longest life under the most circum-stances at the cost of less traction. Performance may vary depend-ing on your application.

Another important consideration to keep in mind when selecting ameasuring wheel encoder is that it is capable of handling both themechanical and electrical speed of your application. For Instance,EPC's model TR1 can handle applications with linear speeds up to3000 feet per minute and electrical frequencies up to 1 MHz.

TR1 Wheels

Debris collecting on a measuring wheel will increase the effectivediameter of the wheel and cause potentially unacceptable error.If there will be significant debris in your application, it is best toinstall the measuring wheel encoder in a location that is least likelyto have the debris collect on the wheel. Rather than mounting themeasuring wheel on the top surface of a conveyor belt, mount itupside down and on the interior surface of the belt. If not possible,then installing a brush on the measured material just ahead of thewheel, or in contact with the wheel itself can reduce or even elimi-nate this problem.

For long service life a measuring wheel encoder should be select-ed that will withstand the environment in which it will be exposed.All measuring wheels, like EPC’s Accu-Coder™ brand encoders,are manufactured to EPC’s exacting standards, and feature EPC’sexclusive 3-year standard product warranty, ensuring you years oftrouble free use.

Check out our complete list of measuring wheels on page 90.

TR3 Wheels

Important factors in selecting the best measuring wheel are the cir-cumference and the surface material. The surface material mustbe chosen to give optimal traction without unduly compromisingwear, while the circumference should be selected to give the bestaccuracy within the mounting constraints available. EPC offersmany different measuring wheel sizes, including but not limited to6", 12", 1/3 meter, 200 mm, and all with a choice of either rubber,knurled or knurled anodized styles, and are made of aluminum alloy.



Model LCE


Low Cost Linear SolutionResolutions from 2 to 500 Cycles Per InchIP65 Sealing Available0 Inch to 50 Inch Cable Measurement

The Linear Cable Encoder (LCE) provides a low cost alternative for obtaining accuratelinear measurements. As opposed to typical rotary shaft style encoders, the LCE has aretractable stainless steel cable, allowing for numerous and unusual measuringconfigurations. Placing the LCE away from harsh environmental conditions, while stillproviding precise measurements, gives the LCE an outstanding advantage over shaftstyle encoders. Installation is easy with a variety of cable exit directions, and perfectparallel alignment no longer necessary. The heart of the LCE is the popular CubeAccu-Coder™, the finest cube style encoder available. The Cube advantage provides areliable digital pulse train in either single channel or quadrature format, with resolutionsdown to 0.002" per cycle. The small overall size, a variety of resolutions, and many dif-ferent connector types, makes the versatility of the LCE unbeatable!

Common Applications

Model LCE Ordering Guide

Robotics, Extrusion Presses, Valve Positioning, Textile Machinery,Control Gate Positioning


Linear Encoders

68

LCE01

MODELLCE01 StandardLCE02 IP65 (Industrial)

1 002

CYCLES PER INCH See chart belowPrice adder for CPI >100

Q PU

OUTPUT TYPEOC Open CollectorPU Pull-Up ResistorPP Push-PullHV Line Driver

S

CABLE EXIT1 Option 12 Option 23 Option 34 Option 4

NUMBER OF CHANNELSQ Quadrature A & BR Quadrature A & B with Index Z

SYXJKGTB

CONNECTOR TYPE 2Standard 6-pin MS Style7-pin MS Style10-pin MS Style5-pin M12 (12 mm)8-pin M12 (12 mm)Gland Nut, 18" cable 1Solder TerminalSolder Terminal withConduit Box


Model LCE Resolution Table

Cycles Per Inch 002Resolution0.500"

0200.050"

0400.025"

0500.020"

1000.010"

2000.005"

2500.004"

5000.002"

NOTES:1 For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: G/6=6 feet of cable.2 For Mating Connectors, Cables, and Cordsets see Electrical Accessories on the web at www.encoder.com.Contact Customer Service for other resolutions


Model LCE

Model LCE Specifications

Electrical

Input Voltage.............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 85° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 85° and 100° CInput Current.............80 mA maximum with no output loadInput Ripple ..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to100 kHzOutput Format ..........Incremental- Square wave with channel A leading B during linear extensionOutput Type..............Open Collector- 250 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 250 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply)Index .........................Once per 5" cable extension or retractionMax Frequency.........0 to 125 kHzSymmetry .................180° (±18°) electricalQuad Phasing...........90° (±22.5°) electricalRise Time..................Less than 1 microsecond

Model LCE Standard Housing (LCE01)

Model LCE IP65 Industrial Housing (LCE02)

Mechanical

Full StrokeLength (FSL).............50" standard. Longer measuring ranges may Length (FSL) be available, please contact Customer Service.Finish ........................Black powder coated aluminumAccuracy ....................±0.10% of FSLRepeatability ..............±0.015% of FSLLinear Resolution .....Up to 500 cycles per inch (0.002" per cycle)Cable Material ..........0.034" nylon coated stainless steel ropeCable Tension ...........20 oz maximum typicalLife (cycles) ..............1,000,000 predicted at zero angle cable exitElectrical Conn .........6-, 7-, or 10-pin MS Style, 5-, or 8-pin M12 (12 mm), Gland with 18" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors), Solder Terminal, or Solder Terminal with conduit boxWeight........................19 oz typical

Operating Temp ........0° to 85° C, or 0° to 100° C for 5-24 VDCSealing ......................IP65 for Industrial LCE


Environmental

Attaches to Standard or Industrial LCE in three different orientations. Order Accessory Item 176064-01

Optional Mounting PlateWaveform Diagrams

Line Driver and Push-PullWiring Tables

Gland 5-pin 8-pin 10-pin 7-pin 7-pin 6-pin 6-pin Term. Term. Cable M12 M12 MS MS MS MS MS Block Block O, SO, SO, SHVHVHVWire NoNoPPPPPPColorFunctionIndexIndex

Com

+VDC

A

A'

B

Black

Red

White

Brown

Blue

Violet

Orange

Yellow

1

3

1

4

----

2

----

5

----

----

----

7

2

1

3

4

5

6

8

----

----

F

D

A

H

B

I

C

J

G

----

F

D

A

C

B

E

----

----

G

----

F

D

A

----

B

----

C

----

G

----

A

B

C

D

E

F

----

----

----

----

A, F

B

D

----

E

----

1

2

3

4

5

6

----

----

----

----

1, 6

2

4

----

5

----

3

----

----

----



B'

Z

Z'

Shield

1

C

----

----

----


Case Green

Bare

E-cube Only


Linear Encoders

69

Model 802S

Features• Industry Standard Size 20 (2" diameter) Stainless Steel Package• Flange and Servo Mounting• Up to 30,000 CPR• 80 lb Maximum Axial and Radial Shaft Loading• IP66 Sealing Available

The Model 802S Accu-CoderTM is a heavy duty, industry standard Size 20 (2.0" diameter)encoder specifically designed for harsh factory and plant floor environments. The Model802S is available with a variety of flange and servo mounting styles, making it easy to use ina broad range of applications. Its heavy duty, double shielded ball bearings are rated at 80pounds maximum axial and radial shaft load, ensuring long operating life. This ultra-rugged,yet compact encoder is housed in a type 316 stainless steel enclosure, making it ideal forapplications where contamination or exposure to caustic chemicals is a concern. But don'tlet its tough exterior fool you, the Model 802S provides the precise, reliable output you'vecome to expect from Accu-CoderTM.

Common Applications

Ø2.0"


70

Model 802S Ordering Guide

802S

MODEL802S Size 20 (2.0")

Food Processing, Oil, Gas & Chemical Processing, Material Handling,Conveyors, Robotics, Elevator Controls, Textile Machines


20 S

OPERATINGTEMPERATURES 0° to 70° CH 0° to 100° C3

1000 R HV


8 - 28V In/5V Out 6,10

H5 Line Driver (5V) P5 Push-Pull (5V)

1 F 1


E G CE


SHAFT SIZE 107 1/4", 0.250"20 3/8", 0.375"21 10 mm30 3/8", 0.375"2

CYCLES PER REVOLUTION 1-30,000 Price adder for CPR >1270 (See table below)

NUMBER OF CHANNELS4

A Channel A




MOUNTING Flange Mounts1.181" Female Pilot0.687" Male Pilot1.250" Male PilotSize 25 w/30 Shaft Servo Mountsw/1.181" Female Pilotw/0.687" Male Pilotw/1.250" Male PilotSize 25 w/30 Shaft

CONNECTOR TYPEG Gland, 24" cable 8J 5-Pin M12 (12mm)11

K 8-Pin M12 (12mm)11


12534


FLGK

SUTJ


0001*0012*0033*0064*0200050008891270a2880a9000a20,480a

Model 802S CPR Options0002*0014*0034*01000240*05120900*14403000a10,000a25,000a

0004*00200035*012002500600100015003600a10,240a30,000a

0005*0021*0038*01250254*0625*102418004000a12,000a

0006*0024*0040*0128*0256*0635120020004096a12,500a

0007*0025*0042*0144*03000665*1201*a20485000a14,400a

0008*0028*0045*0150*0333*07201203*a2400a6000a15,000a

0010*0030*0050*0160*03600768*1204*a25007200a18,000a

0011*0032*00600192*040008001250a2540a7500a20,000a



NOTES:1 Contact Customer Service for additional options.2 Shaft with Size 25 Mounting Adapter, J or K mounting only.3 0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options.4 Contact Customer Service for non-standard index gating options.5 24 VDC max for high temperature option.6 Standard temperature, 60 to 3000 CPR only.7 Standard cable lengths only. For additional information please refer to Technical Bulletin TB116: Noise and Signal Considerations at www. encoder.com.8 For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: G/6 = 6 feet of cable.9 For additional information please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com.10 CE not available with H5/P5 output type options.11 M12 connector available on side mount option only.

April 20101-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected]

Model 802S

Model 802S SpecificationsElectrical

Input Voltage.............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 70° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 70° C to 100° CInput Current100 mA max with no output loadInput Ripple ..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHzOutput Format ..........Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the encoder mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams below.Output Types ............Open Collector- 100 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 100 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply)Index .........................Occurs once per revolution. The index for units >3000 CPR is 90° gated to Outputs A and B. See Waveform Diagrams below.Max Frequency.........Up to 1 MHz.Noise Immunity.........Tested to BS EN61000-4-2; IEC801-3; BS EN61000-4-4; DDENV 50141; DDENV 50204; BS EN55022 (with European compliance option); BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2Symmetry .................1 to 6000 CPR: 180° (±18°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 180° (±36°) electricalQuad Phasing...........1 to 6000 CPR: 90° (±22.5°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 90° (±36°) electricalMin Edge Sep...........1 to 6000 CPR: 67.5° electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 54° electrical >20,480 CPR: 50° electricalRise Time..................Less than 1 microsecondAccuracy ...................Instrument and Quadrature Error: For 200 to 1999 CPR, 0.017° mechanical (1.0 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. For 2000 to 3000 CPR, 0.01° mechanical (0.6 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. Interpolation error (units > 3000 CPR only) within 0.005° mechanical. (Total Optical Encoder Error = Instrument + Quadrature + Interpolation)

Max Shaft Speed......8000 RPM. Higher shaft speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service.Shaft Size .................0.250", 0.375", or 10 mmRadial Shaft Load.....80 lb max. Rated load of 20 to 40 lb for bearing life of 1.5 x 10 9 revolutionsAxial Shaft Load .......80 lb max. Rated load of 20 to 40 lb for bearing life of 1.5 x 10 9 revolutionsStarting Torque .........1.0 oz-in typical with IP64 seal or no seal 3.0 oz-in typical with IP66 shaft sealMoment of Inertia .....5.2 x 10 -4 oz-in-sec 2Max Acceleration ......1 x 10 5 rad/sec 2Electrical Conn .........5 or 8-Pin M12 (12mm) or Gland with 24" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors)Housing.....................Type 316 Stainless SteelBearings....................Precision ABEC ball bearingsMounting ...................Various flange or servo mount styles.Weight.......................1.5 lb typical

Operating Temp ........0° to 70° C for standard models 0° to 100° C for high temperature option (0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options.)Storage Temp-25° to +85° CHumidity ....................98% RH non-condensingVibration....................20 g @ 58 to 500 HzShock ........................75 g @ 11 ms durationSealing ......................IP66 shaft seal (NEMA 13 and 4/4X); or IP64 bearing seal

Model 802S Servo Mount (S)

Model 802S Flange Mount (F)

10 - 32 UNF-2B 0.23 DEEP I6 X 60O 01.875 B.C.

Model 802S Size 25 (2.5") Flange Mount (K)

Mechanical


Waveform Diagrams

Line Driver and Push-Pull Open Collector and Pull-Up

Wiring Table Gland 5-pin 8-pin 10-pin 7-pin 7-pin Cable M122 M122 MS MS MS HV,H5 PU, PWire OC, PFunction Color 3Com BlackFFF7

+VDC

A

A'

B

B'

Z

Red

White

Brown

Blue

1

4

----

2

2

1

3

4

5

6

8 --------

D

A

H

B

I

C

J

G----

D

A

C

B

E----

----

G----

D

A

----

B----

C

----

G----

Environmental


NOTE: PUSH-PULL OUTPUT DOES NOT INCLUDE COMPLIMENTARY CHANNELS *1CE Option: Cable Shield (bare wire) is connected toCE Option:

Cable shield (bare 2wire) Option: Readto internal Bulletin TB111CE is connected Technicalcase.

Z'Case GreenShield Bare1


--------



71

Model 802S Size 25 (2.5") Servo Mount (J)

Model 858S

Features• Industry Standard Size 58 (58 mm Diameter) Stainless Steel Package• Up to 30,000 CPR• 80 lb Maximum Axial and Radial Shaft Loading• 100° C Operating Temperature Available• IP66 Sealing Available

The Model 858S European Size 58 Accu-Coder™ is a heavy duty, extremely rugged,reliable encoder, in a 316 stainless steel package. Its compact design is well suitedfor harsh factory and plant floor environments, calling for a metric solution. Thedouble-shielded ball bearings are rated at 80 pound maximum axial and radial shaftloading, to ensure a long operating life. Shock rating is 75 g for 11 milliseconds dura-tion. With the optional heavy-duty shaft seal installed, the Model 858S is rated atIP66 (NEMA 4 & 13). Two European standard mounting options are available, theClamping Flange (20 Type), or the Synchro Flange (26 Type).

Common Applications

Ø58 mmModel 858S Ordering Guide

Food Processing, Oil, Gas & Chemical Processing, Material Handling,Conveyors, Robotics, Elevator Controls, Textile Machines


72


858S

MODEL858S Size 58 mm

A 21 S


1000 R HV

OUTPUT TYPE 5-28V In/Out 3OC Open CollectorPU Pull-Up ResistorPP Push-PullHV Line Driver 8-28V In/5V Out 4,8

H5 Line Driver (5V)P5 Push-Pull (5V)

1 1


E G CE


MOUNTING TYPEA 20 Type ClampingB 26 Type Synchro

SHAFT SIZE07 1/4", 0.250"20 3/8", 0.375"06 6 mm21 10 mm

CYCLES PER REVOLUTION 1-30,000 Price adder for CPR >1270 (See table below)


CONNECTOR TYPEG Gland, 24" cable 8J 5-Pin M12 (12mm)9

K 8-Pin M12 (12mm)9

NUMBER OF CHANNELS2

A Channel A




12534

MAXIMUM FREQUENCY100 kHz (Standard)200 kHz250 kHz, >3000 CPR500 kHz, >6000 CPR5

1 MHz, >10,000 CPR5

Model 858S CPR Options

0001*0012*0033*0064*0240*05120900*14403000a10,000a25,000a

0002*0014*0034*010002500600100015003600a10,240a30,000a

0004*00200035*01200254*0625*102418004000a12,000a

0005*0021*0038*01250256*0635120020004096a12,500a

0006*0024*0040*0128*03000665*1201*a20485000a14,400a

0007*0025*0042*0144*0333*07201203*a2400a6000a15,000a

0008*0028*0045*0150*03600768*1204*a25007200a18,000a

0010*0030*0050*0160*040008001250a2540a7500a20,000a

0011*0032*00600200050008891270a2880a9000a20,480a




NOTES:1 0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options.2 Contact Customer Service for non-standard index gating options.3 24 VDC max for high temperature option.4 Standard temperature, 60 to 3000 CPR only.5 Standard cable lengths only. For additional information please refer to Technical Bulletin TB116: Noise and Signal Considerations at www.encoder.com.6 For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: G/6 = 6 feet of cable.7 For additional information please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com.8 CE not available with H5/P5 output type options.9 M12 connector available on side mount option only.


Model 858S

Model 858S SpecificationsElectrical

Input Voltage.............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 70° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 70° C to 100° CInput Current100 mA max with no output loadInput Ripple ..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHzOutput Format ..........Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the encoder mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams below.Output Types ............Open Collector- 100 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 100 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply)Index .........................Occurs once per revolution. The index for units >3000 CPR is 90° gated to Outputs A and B. See Waveform Diagrams below.Max Frequency.........Up to 1 MHz.Noise Immunity.........Tested to BS EN61000-4-2; IEC801-3; BS EN61000-4-4; DDENV 50141; DDENV 50204; BS EN55022 (with European compliance option); BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2Symmetry .................1 to 6000 CPR: 180° (±18°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 180° (±36°) electricalQuad Phasing...........1 to 6000 CPR: 90° (±22.5°) electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 90° (±36°) electricalMin Edge Sep...........1 to 6000 CPR: 67.5° electrical at 100 kHz output 6001 to 20,480 CPR: 54° electrical >20,480 CPR: 50° electricalRise Time..................Less than 1 microsecondAccuracy ...................Instrument and Quadrature Error : For 200 to 1999 CPR, 0.017° mechanical (1.0 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. For 2000 to 3000 CPR, 0.01° mechanical (0.6 arc minutes) from one cycle to any other cycle. Interpolation error (units > 3000 CPR only) within 0.005° mechanical. (Total Optical Encoder Error = Instrument + Quadrature + Interpolation)

Max Shaft Speed......8000 RPM. Higher shaft speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service.Shaft Size ................. 0.250", 0.375", 6 mm, 10 mmRadial Shaft Load.....80 lb max. Rated load of 20 to 40 lb for bearing life of 1.5 x 10 9 revolutionsAxial Shaft Load .......80 lb max. Rated load of 20 to 40 lb for bearing life 1.5 x 10 9 revolutions

Model 858 Clamping Flange 20 Type (A)

Model 858 Synchro Flange 26 Type (B)

All dimensions are in millimeters with a tolerance of +0.17 mm unless otherwise specified

Waveform DiagramsLine Driver and Push-Pull Wiring Table

Mechanical Gland 5-pin 8-pin 10-pin 7-pin 7-pin 12-pin Cable M122 M122 MS MS MS HV,H5 PU, PP,Wire P5, OCFunction Color

Com

+VDC

A

A'

B



Black

Red

White

Brown

Blue

Violet

Orange

Yellow

Bare1

3

1

4

----

2

----

5

----

----

7

2

1

3

4

5

6

8

----

F

D

A

H

B

I

C

J

----

----

----

F

D

A

C

B

E

----

F

D

A

----

B

----

C

Starting Torque .........1.0 oz-in typical with IP64 seal or no seal 3.0 oz-in typical with IP66 shaft sealMoment of Inertia .....5.2 x 10 -4 oz-in-sec 2Max Acceleration ......1 x 10 5 rad/sec 2Electrical Conn .........Gland with 24 inches of cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors) 5- and 8-pin M12Housing.....................Type 316 Stainless steelBearings....................Precision ABEC ball bearingsMounting ...................European Standard Clamping Flange (20 Type) and Synchro Flange (26 Type)Weight.......................1.5 lb typical

B'

Z

Z'

Shield

2

35


EnvironmentalOperating Temp ........0° to 70° C for standard models 0° to 100° C for high temperature option (0° to 85° C for certain resolutions, see CPR Options.)Storage Temp ...........-25° to +85° CHumidity ....................98% RH non-condensingVibration....................20 g @ 58 to 500 HzShock ........................75 g @ 11 ms duration 0.815 MAXSealing ......................IP66 shaft seal (NEMA 13 and 4 /1 9 or4X); 8

HEIGHT IP64 bearing seal72

0.520 MAX 6

HEIGHT1134

5

10 P 12

0.815 MAX HEIGHT 0.520 MAX

HEIGHT

121 1+VDCCE Option: Cable Shield (bare 8Sense ---- 3 ----7 ---- wire) is connected to internal445 6Com

---- LTR----DESC4 F---- ECO #0543-------- G ECO #0584 -------- H ECO #06012

---- ---- 11

9

case.Sense ---- ---- ----

Connector

2 1 12 873 45 6 43

HA BG KJ C DF5-pinE

5

Case Green ---- ----GGG 8-pin5-pin

1REVISIONSM12M12Pin-Outs CE Option: Cable shield (bare wire) is connected to internal case DESCRIPTIONLTR 2CE ECO #05437F Option: Read Technical Bulletin TB1110.550 MAXGMA

#05840G ECO HEIGHT GMA JPH ECO #06010


10

12

5

6

8

1

3

1

0.285 HEI DA

02/09/06/

M128-pin M12

0.285 MAX HEIGHT

12-pin10-pinBayonet 1-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected]

HEIGHT

0.550 MAX D

731 9 8

Model 865T


A C-Face Thru-Bore Encoder With Stainless Steel HousingFits NEMA Size 56C Thru 184 C Motor Faces (4.5" AK)Slim Profile - Only 1.00" DeepIncorporates Opto-ASIC TechnologyResolutions to 4096 CPR

The Model 865T C-face encoder is a rugged, high resolution encoder designed to mountdirectly on NEMA C-face motors. Both sides of the encoder are C-face mounts, allowingadditional C-face devices to be mounted to this encoder. Unlike many C-face kit typeencoders, the Model 865T contains precision bearings and an internal flex mount, virtuallyeliminating encoder failures and inaccuracies induced by motor shaft runout or axialendplay. The advanced Opto-ASIC design provides advanced noise immunity necessaryfor many industrial applications. This encoder is ideal for applications using inductionmotors and flux vector control. The Model 865T provides speed and position informationfor drive feedback in a slim profile - only 1.00" thick. The Thru-Bore design allows fast andsimple mounting of the encoder directly to the accessory shaft or to the drive shaft of themotor, using the standard motor face (NEMA sizes 56C - 184C). The tough, 316 stainlesssteel housing resists the corrosion and hazards of a caustic industrial environment.

Ø6.5"Model 865T Ordering Guide

Mechanical

Common ApplicationsMotor Feedback, Velocity & Position Control, Conveyors, Variable SpeedDrives, Mixing & Blending Motors, Assembly & Specialty MachinesStainless

Steel Encoders

74


Electrical

865T 34

BORE SIZE11 5/8", 0.625"34 3/4", 0.750"18 7/8", 0.875"80 1", 1.000"13 14 mm19 19 mm24 24 mm

H1 0500

CYCLES PER REVOLUTIONSee CPR Options below Price adder for CPR >1024

N V1

INPUT VOLTAGEV1 5 to 28 VDC3

R OC F02

Leave Blank For Standard Options None Std0o to +70oC std

Optional Features

OUTPUT TYPEOC Open CollectorPU Pull-Up ResistorPP Push-PullHV Line Driver

OPERATING TEMPERATURE 0° to 70° C (Std)T4 0° to 100° C


CONNECTOR TYPEF02 24" Cable with Gland Nut 4

NUMBER OF CHANNELS2



See http://www.encoder.com/literature/index-phasing.pdf foradditional options, and waveforms

MODEL865T 4.5" NEMA “AK"Dimension, StainlessSteel Thru-Bore

HOUSING STYLEH1 Thru-Bore housing version with IP50 dust seal 1H2 Cover completely encloses motor shaft and eliminates access to motor shaft. IP66 rated


Model 865T CPR Options

006005002500

010005124096

01200600

02401000

02501024

02562048


NOTES:1 Housing style H1 Thru-Bore version equipped with IP50 dust seal; unit must be mounted between two C-face devices with supplied gasket kit to be IP66 sealed.2 Contact Customer Service for index gating options.3 5 to 24 VDC max for high temperature option.4 For non-standard cable lengths enter ‘F’ plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: F06 = 6 feet of cable.5 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com.


Model 865T

Model 865T Specifications

ElectricalInput Voltage.............4.75 to 28 VDC max for temperatures up to 70° C 4.75 to 24 VDC for temperatures between 70° C to 100° CInput Current.............100 mA max with no output loadInput Ripple ..............100 mV peak-to-peak at 0 to 100 kHzOutput Format ..........Incremental- Two square waves in quadrature with channel A leading B for clockwise shaft rotation, as viewed from the mounting face. See Waveform Diagrams below.Output Types ............Open Collector- 100 mA max per channel Pull-Up- 100 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channel Line Driver- 20 mA max per channel (Meets RS 422 at 5 VDC supply)Index .........................Once per revolution. 0475 to 4096 CPR: Gated to output A 0001 to 0474 CPR: Ungated See Waveform Diagrams below.

REVISIONSLTR -

DESCRIPTIONINITIAL RELEASE PER ECO 05696 JP

DATE02/17/09

Model 865T With Gland Nut (P)

CABLE

3/8 THRU CLEARANCE HOLE4X 90° Ø5.875 B.C.

SHAFTCLAMPINGCOLLAR

Ø4.500 +0.000-0.003

GLAND NUTASSEMBLY

4.501 +0.002-0.000

7.00

6.250 BORE SIZESEE ORDER GUIDE

15°

3/8-16 UNC4X 90° Ø5.875B.C.

0.1250.175

1.00 865TGLAND

Model 865T Optional Housing Cover ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANY(H2)ISSUE

DATETOLERANCE8 7 6 5 4

02/17/09E

PC

3 2 1REVISIONS

REV. DESCRIPTION DATE APPROVED

-- INITIAL RELEASE

NEXT ASSEMBLYD

DECIMAL

+- .005

.01

.1°

INITIAL

DR

CK

QC

MFG

DATE NAME AND TITLE

JP 02/17/09

DWG NUMBER

B B

865-cov1870-COV1

A

2.6

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION A

EP

C

All dimensions are in inches with a tolerance of +0.005" or +0.01" unless otherwise specifiedENCODER PR0DUCTS COMPANY

NAME AND TITLEAPPROVALS DATE

DRAWN


11 /28 /05

TRH 10/27/05

ISSUE DATE:

TOLERANCESDECIMAL

CHECKED PROTECTIVE COVER - CATALOG

NEXT ASSEM. RESP ENG

MFG ENGPREV. ASSEM.

PART NUMBER

DECIMAL

ANGULAR

7 6 5 4870

3

+- .005+- .01+-1DWG. NO.

8 70 -COV1NONE DWG. SIZE:

REV.

--SHEET

1 OF 1QUAL ENG

SCALE: B

2 1

MechanicalREVISIONS


Max Shaft Speed......6000 RPM. Higher shaft speeds may be achievable, contact Customer Service.Bore Size ..................0.625", 0.750", 0.875", 1.000", 14 mm, 19 mm, and 24 mmBore Tolerance ......... +0.0015"/-0.000"

- INITIAL RELEASE


OUTPUT A

OUTPUT A

OUTPUT B

Wiring Table

User Shaft Tolerances Radial Runout .......0.005" Axial Endplay ........+0.050"Moment of Inertia .....3.3 x 10 -3 oz-in-sec 2 typicalElectrical Conn .........Gland nut with 24" cable (foil and braid shield, 24 AWG conductors)Housing.....................Type 316 Stainless SteelMounting ...................NEMA 56C to 184CWeight.......................6 lb typical

Gland 5 Pin 8 Pin 10 Pin 7 Pin 7 Pin Cable M12 M12 MS MS MS HV,H5 O, OC, SWire PU, PP

Function ColorP5Com

+VDC

Black

Red

White

Brown

Blue

Violet

Orange

Yellow

Bare*

3

1

4

----

2

----

5

----

----

7

2

1

3

4

5

6

8

----

F

D

FF

D

A

----

B

----

C

----

G**

OUTPUT B

INDEX Z

INDEX Z



A

A'

B

B'

Z

Z'

OF1 1

A

H

B

I

C

J

G**

CLOCKWISE ROTATIONLD770LRNOTE: ALL DEGREE REFERENCES ARE ELECTRICAL DEGREESNOTE: ALL DEGREE REFERENCES ARE ELECTRICAL DEGREES REVISIONSNOTE: PUSH-PULL OUTPUT DOES NOT INCLUDE

COMPLIMENTARYCHK DATE APPR DATELTRDESCRIPTONCHANNELS- INITIAL RELEASE

ISSUE DATE

EnvironmentalOperating Temp ........0° to 70° C for standard models 0° to 100° C for high temperature optionStorage Temp ...........-25° to 100° CHumidity ....................98% RH non-condensingVibration....................10 g @ 58 to 500 HzShock ........................50 g @ 11 ms durationSealing ......................IP66 when mounted between two C-face devices with supplied gasket kit, or with H1 cover. IP50 if not installed in either manner.


PREV ASSEMBLY

TOLERANCEDECIMAL

+-

E

INITIAL

DR

CK

PC

DATE


.005

.01

BSR 02/11/03DECIMAL

+-


PART NUMBERANGULAR

+-

Open Collector and LD770LRPull-Up.1˚QC

MFG

DWG NUMBER

PRJ ENG DWG SIZE A SCALE N/A

-REV. Shield

SHEET

OUTPUT AOUTPUT B


*CE Option: Cable Shield (bare wire) is connected to internal Case

INDEX Z

SE770LR


ISSUE DATE


PREV ASSEMBLY

TOLERANCEDECIMAL

+-

DECIMAL

+-

ANGULAR

+-

DR

CK

QC

MFG

E

INITIAL

PC

DATE


BSR 02/11/03

DWG NUMBER

77X SINGLEENDED OUTPUT WAVEFORM

PART NUMBER.1˚

SE770LRA SCALEPRJ ENG DWG SIZE N/A SHEET 1 1OF

-REV.



D

A

C

B

E

----

----

G**

Max Frequency.........200 kHzNoise Immunity.........Tested to BS EN61000-4-2; IEC801-3; BS EN61000-4-4; DDENV 50141; DDENV 50204; BS EN55022 (with European compliance option); BS EN61000-6-2; BS EN50081-2Symmetry .................180°(±18°) electricalQuad. Phasing..........90°(±22.5°) electricalMin. Edge Sep..........67.5° electricalRise Time..................Less than 1 microsecond

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTIONPREV ASSEMBLYDECIMAL

+-

MODEL 865T GLANDNUTD

PART NUMBERC

ANGULAR

+-

865TGLANDB SCALE

C

REV.

-PRJ ENG DWG SIZE NONE SHEET 1 OF 1

75

Model 925


Standard Size 25 Package (2.5")Resolutions Up To 12 Bit (4096 Counts)Incorporates Opto-ASIC TechnologyIndustrial Grade, Heavy Duty HousingWide Range of Operating Voltages (4.75 to 26 VDC)

The Model 925 Single Turn Absolute Accu-Coder™ is ideal for a wide variety of indus-trial applications that require an encoder with the capability of absolute positioningoutput. Its fully digital output and innovative use of Opto-ASIC technology make theModel 925 an excellent choice for all applications, especially ones with a high pres-ence of noise. Available with either round servo or square flange mounting, and avariety of connector and cabling options, the Model 925 is easily designed into a vari-ety of application requirements. The Model 925, with its wide selection of shaft sizessupported by industrial grade, heavy duty bearings, and its optional IP66 seal, is idealfor rough environments.

Common Applications

Ø2.5"


925

MODEL925 Size 25 (2.5")

Machine Tools, Robotics, Telescopes, Antennas, Rotary & X-YPositioning Tables, Medical Scanners


B F

MOUNTINGF FlangeS 2.5" Servo

XXXX CW S


G/8 07 N

SHAFT SEALN No Seal1 IP662 IP64

PP N


RESOLUTIONSee Table Below

OUTPUT CODEG GrayB Natural BinaryX Excess Gray

COUNT DIRECTION/CODE INVERSIONCW ClockwiseCCW Counter ClockwiseCWI Clockwise/InvertedCCI Counter Clockwise/Inverted

071920061821

SHAFT SIZE 1/4", 0.250" 5/16", 0.3125" 3/8", 0.375" 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm

OUTPUT TYPEPP Push-Pull (standard)OC Open Collector


CONNECTOR TYPE 2, 5

C10 10-pin4

C16 16-pinC19 19-pinGGland, 24" cable (standard)3


Absolute Encoders

76

Model 925 Resolution Table

Output Code

Gray Code

Counts Per Resolution

0256 0512

02561440

02502880

1024

03602000

03604000

2048

05002048

0500

4096

05122880

0720

07204000

1000

10004096

1440

NOTES:1 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com. Contact Customer Service for availability.2 For additional connector styles please contact Customer Service.3 Standard cable length is 24". For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: G/6 = 6 feet of cable.4 Only available with 8 bit resolution encoder.5 For mating connectors, cables, and cordsets, please see www.encoder.com.

Natural Binary 0250 1024

Excess Gray 0180 2000


Model 925

Model 925 SpecificationsElectrical

Input Voltage ........... 4.75 to 26 VDC maxRegulation.................100 mV peak-to-peak, max ripple at 0 to 10 kHzInput Current.............100 mA max with no external loadOutput Format ..........Absolute- Parallel OutputsOutput Type ..............Open Collector- 20 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channelCode .........................Gray Code, Natural Binary Code, Excess Gray CodeMax Frequency.........50 kHz (LSB)Rise Time..................Less than 1 microsecondResolution.................Up to 12 bitAccuracy ...................±1/2 LSB

Model 925 Flange Mount (F)

Control Directional Control ....Field selectable for increasing counts (CW or CCW)

MechanicalMax Shaft Speed......6000 RPM continuousShaft Size .................0.250", 0.3125", 0.375", 6 mm, 8 mmRadial Shaft Load.....35 lb maxAxial Shaft Load .......40 lb maxStarting Torque .........1.0 oz-in typical for no seal 2.0 oz-in with IP64 shaft sealMax Acceleration ......1 x 10 5 rad/sec 2Electrical Conn .........Gland with 24" cable (braid shield, 30 AWG conductors), 10-, 16-, and 19-pinHousing.....................AluminumMounting ...................Flange or servo typeWeight.......................22 oz typical

Operating Temp ........0° to 70° CStorage Temp ...........-20° to +85° CHumidity ....................98% RH non-condensingVibration....................10 g @ 58 to 500 HzShock ........................20 g @ 11 ms durationSealing ......................IP54 (standard) IP64, or IP66 (NEMA 13 and 4) optional

Model 925 2.5" Servo Mount (S)

Environmental

F 4B


Wiring Table


Absolute Encoders

77

Model 958


European Size 58 (58 mm) PackageResolutions Up To 12 Bit (4096 PPR equivalent)Incorporates Opto-ASIC TechnologyIndustrial Grade, Heavy Duty HousingWide Range of Operating Voltages (4.75 to 26 VDC)

The Model 958 Single Turn Absolute Accu-Coder™ is ideal for a wide variety of industrialapplications requiring an encoder with European Size 58 (58 mm) mounting and absolutepositioning output. A rugged, industrial grade housing allows the Model 958 to be used in awide variety of applications calling for a reliable, heavy-duty encoder. In addition, itsinnovative Opto-ASIC circuitry, coupled with its digital output, make it an excellent choicein those applications plagued by unusually high levels of electrical noise. Available with achoice of either Clamping Flange (Type 20) or Synchro Flange (Type 26) servo mounting,and a variety of connector and cabling options, the Model 958 is easily designed into avariety of applications. The Model 958 can also be ordered with stainless steel housing,heavy duty bearings, and an IP66 seal.(Contact a friendly EPC sales representative for more information). With so many optionsthat make the Model 958 ultra-durable, this absolute encoder can tolerate the worstenvironments!

Ø58 mmModel 958 Ordering Guide

958

958 MODELAbsolute SeriesSize 58 (58 mm)

Common ApplicationsMachine Tools, Robotics, Telescopes, Antennas, Rotary &X-Y Positioning Tables, Medical Scanners

4


B 20

MOUNTING20 Clamping Flange (20 Type)26 Synchro Flange (26 Type)

XXXX CW S


G/8 07 N

SHAFT SEALN No Seal1 IP662 IP64

PP N


OUTPUT CODEG GrayB Natural BinaryX Excess Gray

RESOLUTIONSee Table Below

COUNT DIRECTION/CODE INVERSIONCW ClockwiseCCW Counter ClockwiseCWI Clockwise/InvertedCCI Counter Clockwise/Inverted

SHAFT SIZE07 1/4", 0.250"20 3/8", 0.375"06 6 mm21 10 mm

OUTPUT TYPEPP Push-Pull (standard)OC Open Collector

Accessory Mounting Bracket can be ordered separately as part # 140121. For more details www.Encoder.com

CONNECTOR TYPE 2, 5

C16 16-pinC19 19-pinGGland, 24" cable (standard) 3

For specification assistance callCustomer Service at 1-800-366-5412Absolute

Encoders

78

Model 958 Resolution Table

Output Code

Gray Code

Counts Per Resolution

0256 0512

02561440

02502880

1024

03602000

03604000

2048

05002048

0500

4096

05122880

0720

07204000

1000

10004096

1440

NOTES:1 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com. Contact Customer Service for availability.2 For additional connector styles please contact Customer Service.3 Standard cable length is 24". For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: G/6 = 6 feet of cable.4 Also available in stainless steel housing. Contact Customer Service for details.5 For mating connectors, cables, and cordsets, please see www.encoder.com.

Natural Binary 0250 1024

Excess Gray 0180 2000


Model 958


ElectricalInput Voltage.............4.75 to 26 VDC maxRegulation.................100 mV peak-to-peak, max ripple at 0 to 100 kHzInput Current.............100 mA max with no external loadOutput Format ..........Absolute- Parallel OutputsOutput Type ..............Open Collector- 20 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channelCode .........................Gray Code, Natural Binary Code, Excess Gray CodeMax Frequency.........50 kHz (LSB)Rise Time..................Less than 1 microsecondResolution ................Up to 12 bitAccuracy ...................+1/2 LSB

Model 958 Clamping Flange 20 Type (20)

Control Directional Control ....Field selectable for increasing counts (CW or CCW)

MechanicalModel 958 Synchro Flange 26 Type (26)

Max Shaft Speed......6000 RPM continuousShaft Size .................0.250", 0.375", 6 mm, 10 mmRadial Shaft Load.....27 lb maxAxial Shaft Load .......27 lb maxStarting Torque .........1.0 oz-in typical for no seal 2.0 oz-in with IP64 shaft sealMax Acceleration ......1 x 10 5 rad/sec 2Electrical Conn .........Gland with 24" cable (braid shield, 30 AWG conductors), 16-, 19-pinHousing.....................AluminumMounting ...................European Standard Clamping Flange (20 Type) and Synchro Flange (26 Type)Weight.......................22 oz typical

Operating Temp ........0° to 70° CStorage Temp ...........-20° to +85° CHumidity ....................98% RH non-condensingVibration....................10 g @ 58 to 500 HzShock ........................20 g @ 11 ms durationSealing ......................IP54 (standard) IP64, or IP66 (NEMA 13 and 4) optional

All dimensions are in millimeters with a tolerance of +0.17 mm unless otherwise specified.Environmental

Wiring Table


Absolute Encoders

79

Model 960


Low-Profile - 1.55"Thru-Bore or Hollow Bore StylesIndustrial Grade, Heavy Duty HousingState-of-the-Art Opto-ASIC Circuitry

The single-turn Model 960 Absolute Series Accu-Coder™ provides a unique solution to awide variety of industrial applications requiring absolute position information. By providinga low profile package of just 1.55", a variety of hollow and thru-bore sizes, and an easy touse flexible mounting system, the Model 960 goes where traditional absolute encodes donot fit. In addition, its innovative Opto-ASIC circuitry, coupled with its digital output, makeit an excellent choice in those applications plagued by an unusually high level of electricalnoise. The Model 960 can easily be mounted directly on a motor shaft, bringing the advan-tage of absolute positioning in an all metal housing while eliminating the fixtures, couplersand adapters required by other absolute encoder designs.

Common Applications

Ø2.0"


960

MODEL960 Absolute Series Thru-Bore

0102041405

Machine Tools, Robotics, Telescopes, Antennas, Rotary & X-Y PositioningTables, Medical Scanners


T 01 G

OUTPUT CODEG Gray Code

09 PP

OUTPUT TYPEPP Push Pull (Standard)OC Open Collector

SF G CE


BORE SIZE 1/4", 0.250" 3/8", 0.375" 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm

RESOLUTION

080910113672

(Bits, Counts Per Revolution)

HOUSING STYLET Thru-BoreB Hollow Bore

8 bit, 02569 bit, 051210 bit, 102411 bit, 20489 bit, 360 (XS76)10 bit, 720 (XS152)

CONNECTOR TYPEG Gland, 18" Cable2

MOUNTINGSF Standard Slotted Flex MountFA Flexible Arm


Absolute Encoders


NOTES:1 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com.2 For non-standard cable lengths, add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: G/6 = 6 feet of cable.

April 2010

Model 960

Model 960 SpecificationsElectrical

Input Voltage ........... 4.75 to 26 VDC maxRegulation.................100 mV peak-to-peak, max ripple at 0 to 10 kHzInput Current.............100 mA max with no external loadOutput Format ..........Absolute- Parallel OutputsOutput Type ..............Open Collector- 20 mA max per channel Push-Pull- 20 mA max per channelCode .........................Gray Code, Excess Gray CodeMax Frequency.........25.6 kHz (LSB)Rise Time..................Less than 1 microsecondResolution.................Up to 11 bitAccuracy ...................±1/2 LSB

Model 960 Slotted Flex Mount (SF)

Control Directional Control ....Field selectable for increasing counts (CW or CCW). Standard configuration user selects the applicable MSB wire for direction of count. Direction control option allows user to select count direction by applying 0 VDC to an encoder input. See Absolute Wiring Tables below. Model 960 With Flex Arm (FA)

Mechanical

Gland CableGland Cable or 960Mating Conn. FunctionWire Color925925, 958 CommonBlackPinWire Color +VDCRedABrown S1 cw MSBBrownBWhite S1 ccw MSBYellowCGreen S2WhiteDOrange S3GreenEBlue S4OrangeFViolet All dimensions are in inches with a tolerance of +0.005" or +0.01"S5unless otherwise specified BlueGGray S6VioletS8 LSB 8-bitH11HPink S7GrayEnvironmentalS9 LSB 9-bitJ12---Red/Green Operating Temp ........0° to 70° CS8 LSB 8-bitPinkS10 LSB 10-bitK13---Red/Yellow Gland Cablen10-Pin*StorageLSB 11-bitTemp ...........-20°Lto +85° C Gland Cable orS9 LSB 9-bitRed/Green14---Turquoise TableWiring16-Pin S11 9604-19PMS StyleMating 15Humidity ....................98% RH non-condensing Conn.S10 LSB 10-bitRed/YellowS12 LSB 12-bitM---Yellow FunctionWire Color@925, 958 Vibration....................10 gR 58 to 500 Hz 958 4 925925, TurquoiseS11 LSB 11-bitDirection***---Red/Blue Shock ........................20 g @ 11 ms durationCommonBlackPinPinWire Color 16Direction Control**Red/BlueCase GroundS---Drain/Screen +VDCRed3ABrown Case Ground*Shield0V CommonT1JBlack S1 cw MSBBrown5White *CE Option OnlySpecial**BU------White/Red S1 ccw MSBYellow6Green**Standard is CW increasing count (when+VDC CV2IRed S2White7Orangeviewed from shaft end, and using brown wireNOTES: D S3Green8EBluefor MSB). Red/Blue is pulled up internally to 5* Only available with 8-bit resolution encoders S4Orange9FFittedVioletVDC. To reverse count direction, Red/Blue** Where S5Bluemust be pulled low (0 VDC). If 5 VDC is10G Control – Standard is CW increasing when viewed from the shaft end. Direction pin is pulledGray*** Direction S6Violetapplied to Red/Blue, unit remains in standard11HPinkhigh normally to 5V internally. Direction pin must be pulled low (GND, Common) to reverse count CW increasing count mode. Count directionGray12--- Applied voltage to direction pin should not exceed 5V S7Red/Greendirection. can also be reversed by using the Yellow MSBS8 LSB 8-bitPink13---Red/Yellow wire instead of the Brown. At no time shouldS9 LSB 9-bitRed/Green14---Turquoise voltage applied to Red/Blue exceed 5 VDCS10 LSB 10-bitRed/Yellow15---Yellow S11 LSB 11-bitTurquoise4---Red/Blue Direction Control**Red/Blue16---Drain/Screen Case Ground*Shield1JBlack *CE Option Only------White/Red **Standard is CW increasing count (when2IRed viewed from shaft end, and using brown wire for MSB). Red/Blue is pulled up internally to 5lution encoders VDC. To reverse count direction, Red/Blue must be pulled low (0 VDC). If 5 VDC isis CW increasing when viewed from the shaft end. Direction pin is pulled applied to Red/Blue, unit remains in standardy. Direction pin must be pulled low (GND, Common) to reverse count CW increasing count mode. Count directiondirection pin should not exceed 5V can also be reversed by using the Yellow MSB wire instead of the Brown. At no time should voltage applied to Red/Blue exceed 5 VDC

10-Pin*MS Style

Max Shaft Speed......6000 RPM continuous Bore Size ..................0.250", 0.3125", 0.375", 6 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm Bore Tolerance .........-0.0000" / +0.0006" 19-PinUser Shaft Tolerances16-Pin KPT 02E14-19PRadial Runout...........0.007" 925,925, 958Axial Endplay............±0.030" 958 FunctionPinPinStarting Torque .........0.3 oz-in typical for thru-bore 0.14Aoz-in typical for hollow boreS1 MSB3 Max Acceleration ......1 x 10 5 rad/sec 2S2B5 Electrical Conn .........Gland with 18" cable (braid shield, S3C6 30 AWG conductors) S4D7 Housing.....................Aluminum with non-corrosive finish S5E8Mounting ...................Slotted Flex Mount standard, Flex-Mount S69ArmFoptional S710Weight.......................7 ozGtypical


Absolute Encoders

81

RX/TX Converter

FeaturesThe RX/TX Converter converts a Push-Pull or NPN encoder output to an RS422 compatibledifferential Line Driver output. In addition, it will also convert Line Driver/RS422 encoderoutput, to single ended signals (Push-Pull) for compatibility with certain PLC's.

Each converter has two independent channels:

Channel 1 is equipped with a differential Line Receiver on the input. It then converts thesedifferential signals (A, A’, B, B’, Z, Z’) to Push-Pull output signals (A, B, Z), with an amplitudeequivalent to Vcc.

Channel 2 will convert single ended signals from a Push-Pull or NPN Open Collector encoder toDifferential Line Driver signals. Differential Line Driver signals include complementary outputs A’,B’, and Z’ which offer greater immunity to electrical noise, signal distortion, andinterference, especially with long cable runs.

Accessories

RX/TX Converter

Applications

(Specify stock # when ordering)Differential = A,A’, B,B’, Z,Z’ Single Ended = A, B, Z

Ordering Information

• To provide differential signals for data transmission over long distances between a push-pull, or NPN open collector transmitter and receiver.• To enable devices with different output/input circuits to be connected.• To properly terminate differential signals to eliminate/reduce signal distortions.

SpecificationsSupply Source (Vcc)................5 to 24 VDCCurrent Consumption ..............20 mA max (plus encoder and output load requirements)Max Frequency ........................Up to 1 MHzEnclosure.................................IP54 (dust proof)Earth Circuit ............................Grounded to CaseInput Voltage............................Channel 1: 24 VDC Max Diff Channel 2: 5 VDC MaxOutput Voltage .........................Channel 1: Vcc Channel 2: 5 VDC or VccOutput Current ... .......................30 mA/Channel Max

.LTR -

REVISIONS


DATE

5.472 [139.00]

5.000 [127.00]

4.488 [114.00]

1.181 [30.00]

Ø0.197 [Ø5.00]

1.732 [44.00]1.181 [30.00] 2.520 [64.00]

RXTX-ENC

All dimensions are in inches with a tolerance of +0.005” or +0.01” unless otherwise specified Metric dimensions are given in brackets [mm]


RX/TX Repeater

FeaturesThe RX/TX Repeater retransmits signals from an encoder output, in order to drive signalsover a longer distance with reduced noise and distortion free waveforms. The input isequipped with a Differential Line Receiver, and a Differential Line Driver. It takes the dif-ferential signals (A, A’, B, B’, Z, Z’) , squares the signals up, and then repeats the signals atthe outputs.

Applications• Repeat differential signals for data transmission over long distances.• To properly terminate differential signals to eliminate/reduce signal distortions.• Increase output current drive capability in order to drive multiple receivers.

SpecificationsRX/TX Repeater

(Specify stock # when ordering)


Supply Source (Vcc)................5 to 24 VDCCurrent Consumption ..............20 mA max (plus encoder and output load requirements)Max Frequency ........................Up to 1 MHzEnclosure.................................IP54 (dust proof)Earth Circuit ............................Grounded to CaseInput Voltage............................24 VDC Max DiffOutput Voltage .........................5 VDC or VccOutput Current .......................... 30 mA/Channel Max

Differential = A,A’, B,B’, Z,Z’ Single Ended = A, B, Z

cc

cc

cc

1. Vcc should range between 5-24 VDC.2. Outputs will be equivalent to voltage applied to Vcc (Pin P1-15).

LTR -

REVISIONS


DATE

5.472 [139.00]

5.000 [127.00]

4.488 [114.00]

1.181 [30.00]

Ø0.197 [Ø5.00]

1.732 [44.00]1.181 [30.00] 2.520 [64.00]

RXTX-ENC


Metric dimensions are given in brackets [mm]


ISSUE DATE TOLERANCE P

Accessories

83

Benefits are greater immunity from electrical noise, signal distortion, and interference,especially with long cable runs. The output signal can be 5 VDC or an amplitude equivalentto Vcc.

RX/TX Splitter

FeaturesThe RX/TX Splitter has one input and two separate output channels. There are two different typesof inputs available. One input type is a differential line receiver. Differential input signals (A, A’,B,B’,Z,Z’) are split into two identical differential output channels. OR, the input can be configured fora single ended Push-Pull, NPN, Open Collector, or Pull-Up encoder (A,B,Z), which will split the signalinto two independent differential line driver outputs (A, A’, B,B’,Z,Z’). Refer to the block diagrambelow for the signal flow through the device. Line Driver signals include complementary outputs A’,B’, and Z’, and offer greater immunity from electrical noise, signal distortion, and interference espe-cially with long cable runs. The output signal can be approximately 5 VDC or a voltage amplitudeequivalent to the RXTX supply (Vcc).

To order, choose the type of input (differential or single ended), the expected encoder signalvoltage and the voltage output options. Use the RXTX Splitter ordering guide below to establish thestock number.

REV.

DATE

ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANY RXTX_SPLI

TTER_CONN

Z

DIFFERENTIAL OUTPUT 1REVISIONS DIFFERENTIAL

INPUT

10 11 12 13 14 15

B B

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Z

DESCRIPTIONZ Z

A

P2

DIFFERENTIAL OUTPUT 2

INITIAL RELEASE SINGLE-ENDED INPUTA B

B

Z

P1

SCALE

AB

NONEA

A B

Z

NAME AND TITLE1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 914 13 12 11 10

DWG NUMBERAB A

Z A

LTRA

A'

B

B'

Z

Z'

Typicallyfrom anencoder

Z' 5.472 [139.00]

5.000 [127.00]

4.488 [114.00]

1.181 [30.00]

.005 .01DECIMAL

A

B

Z

+-SingleEndedInput:

Typicallyfrom anencoder

DifferentialOutput:Channel 2

Typically toa controlleror counter

A'

B

B'

Z

Z'

MPLEMENTARY ENCODER SIGNALS:W CAPACITANCE, TWISTED-SHIELDED PAIR:ACCESSORIES SECTION FOR 4XXCBLES/CONNECTORS. 4XXC CABLES MUST HAVETER INSULATION STRIPPED OFF IN ORDER TO FITROUGH CABLE ENTRY GLANDS.ONFIGURATION ORDERING GUIDE FOR INPUT/OUTPUTLTAGE PER THE SELECTED RXTX MODEL NUMBER

(Vcc) or P2-15 (5V) CAN BE USED TO POWER ENCODER.

RXTX-ENC

INATE CABLE SHIELD/DRAIN WIRESE CASE TERMINAL OF P1 AND P2,LICABLE. BARE CONDUCTORS MUSTLECTRICALLY INSULATED FROM THE CIRCUITRD WITH A NONCONDUCTIVE SLEEVE SUCH AST SHRINK TUBING.MMENDED CABLE FOR DIFFERENTIAL/

(5-24VDC IN (Vcc)) IS FOR CUSTOMER SUPPLIED

ESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED


WER TO OPERATE RXTX.

ISSUE DATE12/27/05NEXT ASSEMBLY


TOLERANCEDECIMAL

+-

E

INITIAL

DR

CK

P


C

DATE


PART NUMBERNEXT ASSEMBLY

12/07/05 PREV ASSEMBLYISSUE DATE

1.732 [44.00]1.181 [30.00]

+-

2.520 [64.00]

+-A

DECIMALØ0.197 [Ø5.00] ANGULAR.1˚OR TOLERANCE

QCCK

Typically toa controlleror counter

MFG PRJ ENGZ

INITIALB' EP

B

DR GMA 08/26/04C

SPLITTERDifferentialInput:

DifferentialOutput:Channel 1

APIN 1

RXTX_SPLITTER_CONN

A'DATE

-

DWG SIZE

15

CASE

COM IN

(Vcc)

5-24V IN

Vcc OUT

COM OUT

5V OUT

CASE

NC

NC

NOTES: 1. Choose an input channel of signal type differential or single ended that is to be split into two output channels. These input signals are typically from an incremental encoder. Refer to the block diagram below for the input and output signal flow. 2. For OC type inputs, 2K ohm resistors are used for pull-up internally. 3. The output channels may be used in the differential mode (A,A', B,B', Z, Z') or as A, B, Z (PP) referenced to circuit common. 4. Vcc is the RXTX Splitter supply voltage and ranges from 5 to 24 VDC. 5. Single ended input voltage must be less than or equal to the output voltage (Vcc or 5V), whichever is applicable. 6. Vcc (5-24VDC) or a PCB generated 5V is supplied to the output drivers (channels).

SPLITTERPIN 1

RXTX SPLITTER CONNECTIONS

SHEET

1

OF

1-

Accessories

RX/TX Splitter

Ordering Information (Specify stock # when ordering)

Input and Output Types: Differential = A,A’, B,B’, Z,Z’ Single Ended = A, B, Z

Applications

STOCK #

100020-20100020-21100020-22100020-23100020-24100020-25100020-26100020-27100020-28100020-29100020-30100020-31100020-32100020-33100020-34

INPUT TYPE INPUT VOLTAGE(From Encoder)

OUTPUT VOLTAGES(Single Ended or Differential-7272)

Differential5V Differential5V Differential5V Differential6-12V Differential6-12V Differential6-12V Differential13 - 24V Differential13 -24V Differential13 -24VSingle Ended5V OCSingle Ended5-24V OCSingle Ended5V OCSingle Ended 5V PP, PU, TTLSingle Ended 5V-24 PP, PU,TTLSingle Ended 5V PP, PU, TTL

Ch.1 5V Vcc Vcc 5V Vcc Vcc 5V Vcc Vcc 5V Vcc Vcc 5V Vcc Vcc

Ch.2 5V Vcc 5V 5V Vcc 5V 5V Vcc 5V 5V Vcc 5V 5V Vcc 5V

• To split differential, or single ended signals for data transmission over long or short distances to two different devices.• To properly terminate differential signals to eliminate/reduce signal distortion.• To increase output current drive capability in order to drive multiple receivers.• To split the input signal and provide the two output channel drivers with differing voltage outputs.

SpecificationsSupply Source (Vcc)................5 to 24 VDCCurrent Consumption ..............20 mA max (plus encoder & output load requirements)Max Frequency ........................Up to 1 MHzEnclosure.................................IP54 (dust proof)Earth Circuit ............................Grounded to CaseInput Voltage............................24 VDC Max DiffOutput Voltage..........................5 VDC or VccOutput Current...........................30 mA/Channel Max

REVISIONSDATELTR

- DESCRIPTIONINITIAL RELEASE

.005 GMA 12/23/05

PREV ASSEMBLYRXTX ENCLOSURE

DECIMAL

Connectors/Cables/Converters

Mating Connectors

080014 ......................MS3106A14S-6S-619 ....................... 6-pin MS type080174 ......................MS3106A16S-1S-618 ....................... 7-pin MS type080113 ......................MS3106A18-1S-618.......................... 10-pin MS type080325-01 ................AIM 40-9709S ................................... 9-pin D-sub Miniature080359 ................................................................................. 12-pin080364 ................................................................................. 16-pin, CE080365 ................................................................................. 16-pin080023 ......................KPT06F14-19S ................................. 19-pin080376-01 ........................................................................... 10-pin Industrial Clamp080021 ................................................................................. 10-pin Bayonet

Electrical Cable

Stock #070148 ......................Standard Cable070244 ......................Twisted Pair Cable - Line Driver outputs only070063 ......................High Temperature Cable070264 ......................Cable for Absolute Encoders - Models 925 and 958

Stock # Description Description

Pre-Wired Cable and Mating Connector AssembliesTo order a pre-wired cable and connector assembly complete the boxes to indicate the connector style, cable length, and output configuration.

Incremental Encoder Cable Assemblies (Cable is 24 AWG double-shielded and is rated to 105

Cable Type3 = Standard4 = Twisted Pair

º C)

C -

Connector Style

- - -

Channel ConfigurationA = Single ChannelQ = Quadrature or Dual ChannelR = QuadratureIndex Z

CE CompatibleY = YesN = No

Output Type

06 = 6-pin MS Type07 = 7-pin MS Type09 = 9-pin D-Sub Mini10 = 10-pin MS TypeH1 = 10-pin Bayonet12 = 12-pin MS Type

ST = OC, PU, PP, S, OHV= HV

Cable LengthNumber of Feet

Absolute Encoder Cable Assemblies1 (Cable is 28 or 30 AWG, shielded, and is rated to 70

Cable Type5 = Absolute4 = Twisted Pair

º C)

C-

Connector Style10 = 10-pin MS Type2

16 = 16-pin Connector3

19 = 19-pin Connector

-

Cable LengthNumber of Feet

CE CompatibleY = YesN = No

M12 (12 mm) Cord Sets

Shield not connected to Coupling Nut Stock #Description

(Always use a shielded cord set)

3, 4, and 5-Conductor Cord sets (For use with 5-pin M12 connectors.)

Shield not connected to Coupling Nut Stock #Description Length

8-Conductor Cordsets (For use with 8-pin M12 connectors.)

Length075100 ......................RKC8T-0.5/S618 ................ 0.5 Meters (1.64 ft)075101 ......................RKC 8T-2/S618 .................. 2 Meters (6.56 ft)075102 ......................RKC 8T-4/S618 .................. 4 Meters (13.12 ft)075103 ......................RKC 8T-6/S618 .................. 6 Meters (19.69 ft.)075104 ......................RKC 8T-10/S618 ................ 10 Meters (32.81 ft)

075205 ................. 3-Conductor RK 4T-1/S618......................... 1 Meter (3.28 ft)075206 ................. 4-Conductor RK 4.4T-1/S618...................... 1 Meter (3.28 ft)075204 ................. 5-Conductor RK 4.5T-1/S618...................... 1 Meter (3.28 ft)

Shield connected to Coupling Nut Stock #Description

Shield connected to Coupling Nut Stock #Description

075200 ......................RKS 8T-2 ........................... 2 Meters (6.56 ft)075201 ......................RKS 8T-4 ........................... 4 Meters (13.12 ft)075202 ......................RKS 8T-6 ........................... 6 Meters (19.69 ft)075203 ......................RKS 8T-10 ......................... 10 Meters (32.81 ft)

Length 075211 ......................5-Conductor............................................ 1 Meter (3.28 ft)Length


Accessories

85

Encoder Power Supply

FeaturesA clean source of dedicated power for your encoder is an important factor whendesigning a reliable system. Now available from EPC are small, easily mountedDin Rail power supplies specifically chosen to power encoders. Designed for spaceefficiency, these compact power supplies are available in 5, 12, or 24 VDC.

Easy to see LED indicators show the power supply is working properly. Screw typeterminals easily accommodate wires from AWG 24 to 14. The shock proof housing isboth UL and CE approved.

These supplies have been tested to work with all our Accu-Coders™. Save yourselftime and money, call EPC today and order a power supply that you know will workwith your encoder!

Accessories

EPC Power Supply

(Specify stock # when ordering)

ElectricalNominal Input Voltage ............100 to 240 Vac / 47 to 63 HzInput Voltage Range ...............90 to 265 Vac / 47 to 63 Hz or 120 to 370 VDCFrequency...............................100 kHz minInrush Surge Current ..............< 10 A @ 115Vac, < 18A @ 230 VacInput Fuse ..............................T2A / 250 Vac

Nominal Output Voltage .........Tolerance ................................Nominal Output Current .........Efficiency ................................Ripple and Noise ....................

EPS-5V 5 VDC ±1% 3A> 75%50 mV

EPS-12V12 VDC±1%1.5 A> 77 %50 mV

EPS-24V24 VDC±1%0.75 A> 77 %50 mV

Specifications


EPS-5V Stock# 100043EPS-12V Stock# 100044EPS-24V Stock# 100045

MechanicalDimensions .............................3.54” L x 0.89” W x 4.5” D

Connection Type.....................Screw Clamp Connection

EnvironmentalOperating Temperature...........-10 C to +50 CStorage Temperature ..............-25 C to +85 CRelative Humidity......................95% RH

O O

O O

(90 mm L x 22.5 mm W x 115 mm D)

Approvals and StandardsUL/cUL .....................................UL 508 / UL 1310 Listed, Class 2TUV.........................................EN 60950CE.............................................EN 50081-1 / EN 55022 Class B EN 61000-3-2 EN 61000-3-3 EN 50082-1 / EN 55024FCC..........................................Class B


Couplings/Bore Kits/Options

Shaft CouplingsStock# .........161307 ........................................................ 1.00" .................................. 0.250" .................................161308 ........................................................ 1.00" .................................. 6 mm ..................................161309 ........................................................ 1.00" .................................. 6 mm ..................................161314 ........................................................ 1.00" .................................. 6 mm ..................................161313 ........................................................ 1.00" .................................. 0.250" .................................161317 ........................................................ 1.00" .................................. 0.375" .................................161319 ........................................................ 1.50" .................................. 0.375" .................................

Length From shaft size To shaft size0.250"6 mm0.250"0.375"0.375"0.375"0.500"

Magnetic Coupling

176282-01 ...... For encoders with a 5/8” (0.625”) bore Model 260 and Model 25T176409-01 ...... For encoders with a 3/8” (0.375”) bore Model 260 and Model 15T

Stock# ......... Description

Bore Adaptor KitsStock#260-BK97 .................................................... Small Metric Bore Adapter Kit for 260. Includes 6, 8, & 10mm260-BK98 .................................................... Large Metric Bore Adapter Kit for 260. Includes 11, 12, & 14mm260-BK99 .................................................... Inch Standard Bore Adapter Kit for 260. Includes 0.250”, 0.375 and 0.500”25T-BK98 .................................................... Metric Bore Adapter Kit for 25T. Includes 19, 20, 24, 25, 28mm25T-BK99 .................................................... Inch Standard Bore Adapter Kit for 25T. Includes 0.500”, 0.625”, 0.750”, 0.875”, 1.000”

ShaftsStock#176406 ........................................................ 10:1 Tapered Shaft with Internal Threads176407 ........................................................ 10:1 Tapered Shaft without Internal Threads

Mounting Options

Stock#Mounting Hubs with Couplings for Size 15

175488-01 .................................................. NEMA Size 34, 6 mm coupling175489-01 .................................................. NEMA Size 23, 6 mm coupling175488-02 ................................................. NEMA Size 34, 1/4” coupling175489-02 ................................................. NEMA Size 23, 1/4” coupling175488-03 ................................................. NEMA Size 34, 3/8” coupling175489-03 ................................................. NEMA Size 23, 3/8” coupling

Mounting Flanges and Adaptors

175124 ........................................................ Square Flange Adaptor for Model 755A175125 ........................................................ Adapts Standard Cube Housing to fit in Explosion Proof Housing175126 ........................................................ Standard Cube Universal Round Flange175494 ........................................................ 5PY Adapter for Size 25 Series175443 ........................................................ 5PY Adapter for 2.25” Standard Cube Housing175557-01 .................................................. Cube Mounting Adapter for Size 20 Series

Stock#


Accessories

87

Mounting/Accessories

Mounting BracketsStock#176396-01 .................................................. Heavy Duty Mounting Plate Kit for HD Cube Housing176430-01 (Replaces 140039) ................... Single Pivot for Cube Housing176430-02 .................................................. Spring Loaded Single Pivot for Cube Housing176431-01 (Replaces 140040) ................... Double Pivot for Cube Housing176431-02 .................................................. Spring Loaded Double Pivot for Cube Housing140113 ........................................................ Spring Loaded Pivot Mounting Bracket for 702, 725, 758, 925 and 958

Uni-Brackets Adapts the Model 260 or Model 702 Flex-Mount to fit a standard motor mount with a mounting bolt circle

up to 5.875”, such as a NEMA 4.5” AK mount or IEC equivalent.Accessories

88

Stock#175997-01 .................................................. Uni-Bracket Kit

Tru-Trac TM Optional Mounting BracketsStock#140104 ........................................................ Angled Mounting Bracket for Models TR1 Tru-TracTM and TR2 Tru-TracTM

176389-01 .................................................. Mounting Plate and Pivot Arm Kit for Model TR3 Tru-TracTM

176391-01 .................................................. Double Pivot Bracket Kit for Model TR3 Tru-TracTM

LCE Optional Mounting PlateStock#176064-01 .................................................. Attaches to Standard or Industrial LCE in three different orientations.

Foot Mount BracketStock#140121 ........................................................ Use with Clamping Flange 20 Type - 758, 858, 958140122 ........................................................ For Use with 702, 802S, 725 & 925

Mounting Options

Stock#Anti-Rotation Flex Mounts

140054-01 .................................................. Flex mount and accessories140106-01 .................................................. 225 Flexible Mounting Arm Kit140108-01 .................................................. 260 and 702 Flexible Mounting Arm Kit140055-01 .................................................. 260 SF Mounting Kit140107-01 .................................................. 260 SD Mounting Kit140071-01 .................................................. 260 FA Flex Arm Mounting Kit140114-01 ................................................... 25T SE 3-Point Mount Kit140115-01 ................................................... 25T SG Tether Arm Kit140116-01 ................................................... 25T SJ Tether Arm Kit140123-01 .................................................. 25T SH Tether Arm Kit

Linear Cable Accessories

Stock#

50 inch Linear Cable Adapter for standard or industrial cube housings. Mounting hardware is included for an easy installationdirectly over the shaft of your existing cube encoder. See Technical Bulletin TB-517 for specific installation instructions.On Encoder’s website, www.encoder.com, under the “Support” heading, go to the “Information Bulletins” link.

LCA01 ......................................................... 50” Linear Cable Adapter for Standard Cube Housing with 1/4” shaftLCA02 ......................................................... 50” Linear Cable Adapter for Industrial Cube Housing with 3/8” shaft176064-01 .................................................. Optional Mounting Plate and hardware for cube style Linear Cable Encoders

TR2 Racks & Accessories

176216 ........................................................ 12" for Stainless Steel 176217 ........................................................ 24" for Stainless Steel 176218 ........................................................ 36" for Stainless Steel 176219 ........................................................ Spacer Block for Stainless Steel 161546 ........................................................ 2 meter flexible rac 161548 ........................................................ Flexible rack clamps 10 pk (with M4 x 0.7 x 1 mm) Phillips pan head machine screws. 161547 ........................................................ 1 meter guide rail for flexible rack (does not work with 176220 gear) 140104 ........................................................ Angle Mounting Bracket 176220 ........................................................ 40 Tooth Pinion Gear for use with Stainless Steel Rack 176302 ........................................................ 40 Tooth Pinion Gear for use with Flexible RackFor lengths over 36", order multiple pieces of rack or the flexible plastic option. A spacer block must be used to accurately join two or more pieces of rack. SeeTechnical Bulletin TB-522 or TB-523 for details.

Stock#


Motor Kits/Covers/Accessories

Model 25T Encoder with 5-28 VDC Input, A/B/Z Line Driver Outputs, 10-pin MS Style connector, -20o to +105o C Temp, IP66 Sealing, SG Tether Arm Kit, 10-pinMS Mating Connector, and 56C Protective Cover.

MK-56C-25T-001 ....................................................................................5/8” Bore 1024 CPRMK-56C-25T-002 ...................................................................................5/8” Bore 2048 CPRMK-56C-25T-003 ...................................................................................5/8” Bore 4096 CPRMD-56C-25T-004 ....................................................................................1.0” Bore 1024 CPRMD-56C-25T-005 ....................................................................................1.0” Bore 2048 CPRMK-56C-25T-006 ....................................................................................1.0” Bore 4096 CPR

Model 25T Encoder with 5-28 VDC Input, A/B/Z Line Driver Outputs, 10-pin Bayonet connector, -20o to +105o C Temp, IP66 Sealing, SG Tether Arm Kit, 10-pinBayonet Mating Connector and 56C Protective Cover.

MK-56C-25T-051 ....................................................................................5/8” Bore 1024 CPRMK-56C-25T-052 ....................................................................................5/8” Bore 2048 CPRMK-56C-25T-053 ....................................................................................5/8” Bore 4096 CPRMK-56C-25T-054 ....................................................................................1.0” Bore 1024 CPRMK-56C-25T-055 ....................................................................................1.0” Bore 2048 CPRMK-56C-25T-056 ....................................................................................1.0” Bore 4096 CPR

Motor Kits

Servo Clamps

Stock#For use with models 755A, 702, 725, 758 26 Type, 925 and 958 26 Type servo hubs. To determine the appropriate bolt circle diameter, add 0.270” to the maximum flange diameter.

140083 ........................................................ Servo Clamp - Top Mount (one clamp with one 4-40 screw)

Protective Covers

175996-01 .................................................. Uni-Cover Kit (includes bolts and washers). Compatible with Models 121, 225, 260, 755A, 702, 775, 776, and 960770-000-02 ................................................. 770 Protective Cover Kit (includes mounting hardware) IP65 Sealing771-000-07 ................................................. 771 Protective Cover Kit (includes mounting hardware) IP65 Sealing865-000-02 ................................................. 865T Protective Cover Kit (includes mounting hardware) IP65 Sealing176301-01 .................................................. 56C Cage Style Cover Kit for Model 25T and Model 260 (includes bolts and washers)

Stock#

C-Face Gasket Kits for Models 770 and 771

Stock#770-Gasket-Kit ............................................ C-Face Gasket Kit for Model 770771-Gasket-Kit ............................................ C-Face Gasket Kit for Model 771121-Seal-Kit ................................................ 121 Base Dust Seal (IP50)


Accessories

89

Measuring Wheels

Linear Measuring WheelsFaced Measuring Wheels

Stock#161360 (TR1) ...... 6" ................................... 85 Urethane .......................1/4" ...................................... 0.25"161401 (TR1) ...... 6" ................................... Knurled ..............................1/4" ...................................... 0.25"161423 (TR1) ...... 6” ................................... Knurled Hard Anodized .....1/4” ...................................... 0.25”161370 ................ 6" .................................. Knurled .............................1/4" ..................................... 0.4"161376 ................ 6" .................................. Knurled .............................3/8" ..................................... 0.4"161362 ................ 12" ................................. Knurled .............................1/4" ..................................... 0.4"161379 ................ 12" ................................. Knurled .............................3/8" ..................................... 0.4"161419 ................. 12” ................................. Knurled Hard Anodized .....3/8” ...................................... 0.4”161332 ................ 12" ................................. Knurled .............................1/4" ..................................... 1"161432 (TR3) ...... 12” ................................. Knurled ..............................3/8” ...................................... 0.75”161333 ................ 12" ................................. Knurled .............................3/8" ..................................... 1"161436 (TR3) ...... 12” ................................. Knurled Hard Anodized .....3/8” ...................................... 0.75”161420 ................. 12” ................................ Knurled Hard Anodized .....3/8” ...................................... 1”161310 ................ 12" ................................. Rubber ..............................1/4" ..................................... 1"161331 ................ 12" ................................. Rubber ..............................3/8" ..................................... 1"161334 ................ 12" ................................. Grooved .............................1/4" ..................................... 1/2"161335 ................ 12" ................................. Grooved ............................3/8" ..................................... 1/2"161428 (TR3) ...... 12” ................................. 60 Urethane .......................3/8” ...................................... 0.75”161336 ................ 12" ................................. 80 Urethane ......................1/4" ..................................... 0.70"161337 ................ 12" ................................. 80 Urethane ......................3/8" ..................................... 0.70"161338 ................ 12" ................................. 90 Urethane ......................1/4" ..................................... 0.70"161339 ................ 12" ................................. 90 Urethane ......................3/8" ..................................... 0.70"161346 ................. 12" ................................. Rubber ..............................1/4" ..................................... 1/2"161347 ................ 12" ................................. Rubber ..............................3/8" ..................................... 1/2"161349 ................ 12" ................................. 90 Urethane ......................5/8" ..................................... 0.70"161430 (TR3) ...... 1/3 Meter ....................... 60 Urethane .......................3/8” ...................................... 0.75”161344 ................ 1/3 Meter ....................... Urethane ...........................1/4" ..................................... 5/8"161359 ................ 1/3 Meter ....................... Urethane ...........................3/8" ..................................... 5/8"161434 (TR3) ...... 1/3 Meter ....................... Knurled ..............................3/8” ...................................... 0.75”161361 ................ 1/3 Meter ....................... Knurled .............................1/4" ..................................... 10 mm161380 ................ 1/3 Meter ....................... Knurled .............................3/8" ..................................... 10 mm161399 (TR1) ...... 200 mm ......................... 85 Urethane .......................1/4" ...................................... 0.25"161400 (TR1) ...... 200mm .......................... Knurled ..............................1/4" ...................................... 0.25"161424 (TR1) ...... 200mm .......................... Knurled ..............................1/4” ...................................... 0.25”161371 ................ 200 mm ......................... Knurled .............................1/4" ..................................... 10 mm161375 ................ 200 mm ......................... Knurled .............................3/8" ..................................... 10 mm161372 ................ 300 mm ......................... Knurled .............................1/4" ..................................... 10 mm161377 ................ 300 mm ......................... Knurled .............................3/8" ..................................... 10 mm161438 (TR3) ...... 300 mm ......................... Knurled Hard Anodized .....3/8” ...................................... 0.75”161373 ................ 400 mm ......................... Knurled .............................1/4" ..................................... 10 mm161378 ................ 400 mm ......................... Knurled .............................3/8" ..................................... 10 mm161374 ................ 500 mm ......................... Knurled .............................1/4" ..................................... 20 mm161381 ................ 500 mm ......................... Knurled .............................3/8" ..................................... 20 mm

161363 ................ 200 mm ........................ 1 ........................................1/4"161382 ................ 200 mm ........................ 1 ........................................3/8"161364 ................ 300 mm ........................ 1 ........................................1/4"161384 ................ 300 mm ........................ 1 ........................................3/8"161365 ................ 400 mm ........................ 1 ........................................1/4"161385 ................ 400 mm ........................ 1 ........................................3/8"161366 ................ 500 mm ........................ 2 ........................................1/4"161388 ................ 500 mm ........................ 2 ........................................3/8"161369 ................ 1/3 Meter ...................... 1 ........................................1/4"161387 ................ 1/3 Meter ...................... 1 ........................................3/8"161367 ................ 6" .................................. 1 ........................................1/4"161383 ................ 6" .................................. 1 ........................................3/8"161368 ................ 12" ................................ 1 ........................................1/4"161386 ................ 12" ................................ 1 ........................................3/8"

Circumference Rim Type Bore Width

Accessories

90

Faced Measuring Wheels

Measuring Wheel Dimensions

Rim Facing

KnurledRubberGrooved80 Urethane90 UrethaneRubberKnurledRubberUrethane

Circumference

12"12"12"12"12"12"1/3 meter1/3 meter1/3 meter

(A) Rim Width

1"1"1/2"0.70"0.70"1/2"5/8" or 1"5/8" or 1"1"

Typical Measuring Wheel

Rubber Insert Measuring WheelsStock # Circumference # of Inserts Bore

..................................... 10 mm

..................................... 10 mm

..................................... 10 mm

..................................... 10 mm

..................................... 10 mm

..................................... 10 mm

..................................... 20 mm

..................................... 20 mm

..................................... 10 mm

..................................... 10 mm

..................................... 10 mm

..................................... 10 mm

..................................... 10 mm

..................................... 10 mm

Width

Rubber Insert Measuring Wheels

Temperature SpecificationsRubber Faced-40º F to +275º F

Urethane Faced-40º F to +155º F

Measuring Wheel Application GuideRecommended Use For Measuring Wheels

Course FabricRubberInsulation

Knurled Faced Cloth Tape Rough Wood CarpetFoam

80 Urethane Faced* Soft Materials Smooth Materials

* 90 urethane is a more durable material and performs bet-ter for tracking rough or hard fibers than the slightly softer80 urethane material. The above recommendations areonly guidelines. Performance may vary depending on yourapplication. Contact Customer Service for specificationassistance.

Rubber InsertFine FabricPaperHard PlasticFilmMetal (cease-free)

90 Urethane Faced*CardboardMatting SandpaperInsulated Wire Metal

CableFoil


Accu-Coder™ Quadrature Phasingand Index Gating OptionsStandard Quadrature Phasing - A leads B during clockwise rotation when viewed from the shaft end or mounting face.

If Your Model Is...

15, 121, 260, 770,771, 775, 776,865T, or TR1

And your OutputType Is...

OC, PU, HV, PU,OD, or LO

And You Need...

Single channel onlyQuadrature A and BQuadrature A and B with 180° Index gated to AQuadrature A and B with 90° Index gated to A and BQuadrature A and B with inverted 180° Index gated to AQuadrature A and B with inverted 90° Index gated to A and B

For Number ofChannels Enter...

AQRR3R5R7

For Waveform See...

Figure 1Figure 2Figure 3Figure 4Figure 5Figure 6

If Your Model Is...

755A, 702, 725758, 802S, or 858S


HV or PP

And You Need...

Quadrature A and B with 180° Index gated to AQuadrature A and B with 180° Index gated to BQuadrature A and B with 90° Index gated to A and BQuadrature A and B with ungated Index centered on A between360° and 180°Quadrature A and B with inverted 180° Index gated to AQuadrature A and B with inverted 180° Index gated to BQuadrature A and B with inverted 90° Index gated to A and BQuadrature A and B with ungated inverted Index centered on Abetween 360° and 180°


RR2R3

R4R5R6R7

R8

For Waveform See...

Figure 3Figure 7Figure 4

Figure 8Figure 5Figure 9Figure 6

Figure 10

If Your Model Is...

755A, 702, 725,758, 802S, or 858S


OC or PU

And You Need...

Quadrature A and B with ungated Index centered on A low between360° and 180°Quadrature A and B with 180° Index gated to B lowQuadrature A and B with 90° Index gated to A low and B lowQuadrature A and B with ungated Index centered on A low between360° and 180°Quadrature A and B with inverted 180° Index gated to A lowQuadrature A and B with inverted 180° Index gated to B lowQuadrature A and B with inverted 90° Index gated to A low and B lowQuadrature A and B with ungated inverted Index centered on A lowbetween 360° and 180°


RR2R3

R4R5R6R7

R8

For Waveform See...

Figure 11Figure 12Figure 13

Figure 14Figure 15Figure 16Figure 17

Figure 18


Technical Information

91

Accu-Coder™ Quadrature Phasingand Index Gating OptionsReverse Quadrature Phasing - B leads A during clockwise rotation when viewed from the shaft end or mounting face.

If Your Model Is...

15, 121, 260, 770,771, 775, 776,865T, or TR1


OC, PU, HV, PU,OD, or LO

And You Need...

Reverse Quadrature A and BReverse Quadrature A and B with 180° Index gated to B lowReverse Quadrature A and B with 90° Index gated to A lowand B lowReverse Quadrature A and B with inverted 180° Index gated toB lowReverse Quadrature A and B with inverted 90° Index gated to Alow and B low


KD

D3

D5

D7

For Waveform See...

Figure 19Figure 20

Figure 21

Figure 22

Figure 23

If Your Model Is...

755A, 702, 725758, 802S, or 858S


HV or PP

And You Need...

Reverse Quadrature A and B with 180° Index gated to B lowReverse Quadrature A and B with 180° Index gated to A lowReverse Quadrature A and B with 90° Index gated to A lowand B lowReverse Quadrature A and B with ungated Index centered on Blow between 360° and 180°Reverse Quadrature A and B with inverted 180° Index gatedto B lowReverse Quadrature A and B with inverted 180° Index gatedto A lowReverse Quadrature A and B with inverted 90° Index gated toA low and B lowReverse Quadrature A and B with ungated inverted Index centeredon B low between 360° and 180°


DD2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

D8

For Waveform See...

Figure 20Figure 24

Figure 21

Figure 25

Figure 22

Figure 26

Figure 23

Figure 27


If Your Model Is...

755A, 702, 725,758, 802S, or 858S


OC or PU

And You Need...

Reverse Quadrature A and B with ungated Index centered on Blow between 360° and 180°Reverse Quadrature A and B with 180° Index gated to A lowReverse Quadrature A and B with 90° Index gated to A lowand B lowReverse Quadrature A and B with ungated Index centered on Blow between 360° and 180°Reverse Quadrature A and B with inverted 180° Index gated toB lowReverse Quadrature A and B with inverted 180° Index gated toA lowReverse Quadrature A and B with inverted 90° Index gated to Alow and B lowReverse Quadrature A and B with ungated Index centered onB low between 360° and 180°


DD2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

D8

For Waveform See...

Figure 28Figure 24

Figure 21

Figure 25

Figure 22

Figure 26

Figure 23

Figure 27


ChannelChannel AChannel A A ChannelChannel A A

ChannelChannel B B

Accu-CoderTM Waveform Diagrams

annel AAA

AA AQQR

ChannelChannelChannel AAChannel AA Channel A

QQR QR Channel AChannel A Channel

A

ChannelChannel A A Channel BChannel B Channel B

RR R R3R3 Channel AChannel A Channel

A ChannelChannel A A

Channel BChannel B Channel B ChannelChannel B B

Channel ZChannel Z Channel Z ChannelChannel Z Z

R3 R5R5 Channel A

R5 R7R7

ChannelChannel A A

Channel B Channel A ChannelChannel B B

B

Channel B

ChannelChannel B B ChannelChannel B B

Channel Z

ChannelChannel Z Z

Channel Z

ChannelChannel Z Z

Channelannel A A

R3R3 R3 R5R5R7

Channel AChannel A Channel A

R5R5 R5 R7R7

Channel AChannel A Channel A ChannelChannel A A

R7R7 R7 R2R2 ChannelChannel AChannel

A Channel AAChannel A ChannelChannel A A

Channel A Channel BChannel B Channel B

R2 R4R4 R8

Channel A

annel A

ChannelChannel A AChannel B

R4 R6R6 R


Channel BChannel B Channel B

ChannelChannel B B

ChannelChannel BChannel B Channel BBChannel B

Channelannel B B ChannelChannel B B

Channel B Channel ZChannelChannel Z Z

annel B

Channel A ChannelChannel B BChannel Z

Channel B ChannelChannel Z Z

Channel Z

Channel ZChannel Z Channel Z

ChannelChannel Z Z Channelannel Z Z

ChannelChannel ZChannel Z Channel ZZChannel Z

ChannelChannel Z Z

Channel Zannel Z

Annel A

hannel ABnnel B

R2R2 R2 R4R4R6R8R8R8


ChannelChannel A A Channel BChannel B Channel B Channel A

Channel A A AChannelChannel ChannelChannel B B

Channel ZChannel Z Channel Z Channel B

Channel B B BChannelChannel ChannelChannel Z Z

Channel Z

Channel Z Z ZChannelChannel

R4R4 R4 R6R6 R8R8R8R RR

Channel AChannel A Channel A ChannelChannel A A

R6R6 R6 RR2RR R2R2


Channel A A AChannelChannel Channel BChannel B Channel B Channel A A AChannelChannel ChannelChannel B B

Channel B B BChannelChannel Channel ZChannel Z Channel Z Channel B B BChannelChannel ChannelChannel Z Z



Channel A A AChannelChannel Channel BChannel B Channel B Channel A A AChannelChannel

Channel B B BChannelChannel Channel ZChannel Z Channel Z Channel B B BChannelChannel

Channel Z Z ZChannelChannelChannel Z Z ZChannelChannel

R2R2R2 R3 Channel A A AChannelChannel

R4Channel A

Channel B B BChannelChannelhannel BZnnel Z

Channel B

Channel Z Z ZChannelChannelhannel Z

Channel Z

R3R3R3 ChannelChannel A A

AChannel

ChannelChannel B B BChannel

R3R3R3 R4R4R4 Channel A A AChannelChannel

ChannelChannel A A AChannel

R4R5R4 R5R5R4

Channel A A AChannelChannel

ChannelChannel A A AChannel

R5R5R5 R6 Channel A A AChannelChannel

R7Channel A

Channel B B BChannelChannelChannel B B BChannelChannel


Channel B B BChannelChannel


Channel B

Channel Z Z ZChannelChannelChannel Z Z ZChannelChannel

ChannelChannel Z Z ZChannel

ChannelChannel Z Z ZChannel

Channel Z Z ZChannelChannel ChannelChannel Z Z ZChannel Channel Z

R6R6R6 ChannelChannel A A

AChannel

R6R6R6 R7R7R7 Channel A A AChannelChannel

Channel A AChannel AChannel

R8R8 • [email protected] R8R8 1-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com

93 Channel A A AChannelChannel Channel A AChannel AChannel

Channel A A AChannelChannel

Channelhannel B B ChannelChannel B B ChannelChannel B B

Channelhannel Z ZAccu-CoderTM Waveform Diagrams

ChannelChannel Z Z ChannelChannel Z Z

Channelhannel A A

R7R7KKK ChannelChannel A A

Channel A Channel AChannel A

ChannelChannel B B

R8R8 K KKD DD

Channel AChannel A AChannel AChannelChannel A


KDK DDD3 D3D3

Channel AChannel A


Channel A Channel AChannel A Channel BChannel B


Channel B Channel BChannel B

DD D3D3 D3

Channel AChannel A


Channel BChannel B


Channel ZChannel Z

D3D3

Channelannel B B ChannelChannel B B Channel BChannel B


ChannelChannel Z Z


ChannelChannel Z Z Channelhannel Z Z Channel ZChannel Z Channel Z

Channel Z Channel ZChannel Z



A

D3D5 D5D5


94

Channel AChannel A Channel AChannel A

D5D5 D5D7 D7D7



D5 D7D7 D5D7D2 D2D2

Channel AChannel A


D7D7 D2D2 D2

Channel AChannel A

D2D2 Channel AChannel A Channel A

Channel BChannel BChannel A Channel AChannel A Channel BChannel B

Channel BChannel B Channel BB Channel B


Channel Z







Channel ZChannel ZChannel B Channel BChannel B Channel ZChannel Z

Channel ZChannel Z Channel ZZ Channel ZChannel Z Channel Z


A

D2D4 D4D4Channel A


Channel B


Channel Z


D4D4 D4D6 D6D6



D4D4 D6D6 D6D8 D8D8

Channel AChannel A Channel AChannel A Channel A

B Channel BChannel B Channel B




Channel A Channel AChannel A Channel BChannel B Channel BChannel B Channel B

Channel B Channel BChannel B Channel ZChannel Z Channel ZChannel Z Channel Z


D6D6 D8D8 D8 D

Channel AChannel A

D8D8 Channel AChannel A Channel A

Channel AChannel BChannel B


Channel BChannel ZChannel Z

Channel ZChannel Z Channel ZZ

Channel Z

A

D8Channel A

B Channel B

Z Channel Z

Call Sales/Customer Service at 800-366-5412 EPC is open for business from 8:00 a.m. to 7:30 p.m. Eastern Time (5:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Pacific Time)


Ordering/Repairs/Technical Support

Our Technical Support professionals are available to assist you in yourapplication needs - whether it’s selecting the right encoder for yourapplication, troubleshooting a new installation, or connecting your newencoder to your motion control system.

Encoder Products Company understands the importance of timewhen you have a machine down. Through our free Cross Referenceand Retrofit Service, and thanks to a thorough library of specificationsand dimensional information for a wide range of competitive encoders,EPC offers expert assistance for the cross-referencing and/or retrofitreplacement of most domestic and foreign optical rotary encoders. Inaddition, serviceable replacements can often be found for encodersthat use other technologies. As a final service, for those hard to findunits, EPC can often suggest an alternative approach that will get youback up and running. We have provided an Expert Cross-ReferenceService page on our website. It provides you with part numbersof competitors encoders, and compares them with Accu-Coder™encoders, so that you can begin the cross-referencing process.

Each Accu-Coder™ manufactured by Encoder Products Companyis backed by our best-in-the-industry three year warranty. If youexperience a problem, call our trained professionals. We can oftentroubleshoot a problem over the phone and determine if a repairis needed. If it’s necessary to return the encoder for repair, ourtechnicians will perform a complete evaluation and recommend acourse of action. In an emergency situation our technicians canoften have your evaluation and repair completed, and ready for returnshipment, within a matter of hours after receiving your encoder.

If your application calls for a solution that cannot be solved usingoff-the-shelf-products, EPC’s Custom Design Service may be justwhat you need. A simple phone call to Customer Service will put ourexpertise to work for you.

Part NumberingAccu-Coder™ part numbers are found on the model data sheetlocated at www.encoder.com. Use the appropriate Ordering Guidefor your particular model. It is important to specify the completepart number. If you are reordering, the serial number of the unitbeing replaced will help speed the ordering process. Ordering withincomplete information may delay product delivery. In addition,Encoder Products Company cannot assume responsibility for errors

when a part number is incomplete. If you need help creating a partnumber, contact Customer Service. Encoder Products Company hasdistributors across the United States and Canada. Call 800-366-5412and ask a Customer Service Representative for a distributor in yourarea.

Lead TimeStandard lead time is 4 to 6 business days. Expedite Service isavailable upon request. Accessories are generally in stock andavailable for quick delivery. Contact Customer Service to confirmlead times. Single-piece orders for many of our products can ship thenext business day. Contact Customer Service for details.

Expedited ServiceExpress and expedite services are available for most productconfigurations should you need a product faster than the standardlead times allows. Contact Customer Service for details.

Telephone OrdersAll telephone orders must be confirmed by mail or fax. Please besure the order is clearly marked “confirmation”. Please check yourpurchase order against the acknowledgment that Encoder ProductsCompany faxes to you. To ensure accuracy, a Customer ServiceRepresentative will check your confirmation against your order.

Change OrdersTo change an order, ask for a Customer Service Representative. Forfaster service, either have your purchase order number or EncoderProducts Company’s sales order number available. Service chargesare assessed for some changes, including order cancellations.Contact Customer Service to determine applicable charges.

Orders will be shipped out by UPS or Federal Express. All shipmentsare F.O.B. factory. If you are a new OEM account or have a new OEMapplication, consignment or evaluation units may be available for upto 60 days. Contact Customer Service for complete details.



95

Warranty/Returns/Repairs

Warranty PolicyProducts manufactured by Encoder Products Co., Inc. (EPCInternational, Inc.), are warranted against defects in materialsand workmanship, and are warranted to meet the performancespecifications as listed in the current catalog and/or data sheet forthe specific product being warranted. This warranty applies to allstandard catalog product configurations, with the exception of unitswith a rated operating temperature exceeding 70° C, for three (3)years following the date of shipment. For units with a rated operatingtemperature exceeding 70° C the warranty period shall be two (2)years following the date of shipment. During that period, EPC will,at its sole option, repair or replace, at no cost to the customer,products which prove to be defective, provided the defect or failureis not due to misuse or abuse of the product. Any unauthorizedattempt to repair the product(s) by the customer, or any unauthorizedmodifications by the customer, can, at EPC’s sole option, cause thiswarranty to become null and void. In addition, this warranty doesnot apply to products that have been subjected to abuse or operatedin environments that exceed their design specifications. Thecustomer is responsible for shipment of the defective product to theEPC factory. Software products are supplied on a site license basissubject to the same performance warranty provisions; the materialsand workmanship provision applies to the distribution media only.NO OTHER WARRANTY, GUARANTEE, OR REPRESENTATIONIS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITEDTO WARRANTY FOR MERCHANTABILITY OR FOR FITNESSOF PURPOSE. EPC SHALL, IN NO CASE, BE LIABLE FORINCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR SPECIAL DAMAGES OFANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER. NOTWITHSTANDING,IN ANY CASE, EPC’S LIABILITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO REPAIR,REPLACEMENT, OR PURCHASE PRICE REFUND, AT ITS SOLEOPTION, ONLY AFTER THE RETURN OF SUCH GOODS WITHCONSENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RETURN POLICYAND WITH SHIPPING CHARGES PREPAID. ANY WARRANTYSERVICE (CONSISTING OF TIME, TRAVEL, AND EXPENSESRELATED TO SUCH SERVICES) PERFORMED OTHER THANAT ENCODER PRODUCTS COMPANY’S FACTORY, SHALL BEAT CUSTOMERS EXPENSE.

Return PolicyOnly products currently stocked by Encoder Products Company maybe returned for restocking. Products which have been manufacturedor configured to customer specifications are not stocked and maynot be returned. Returned products are subject to a restockingfee of $25 or 25% of the purchase price, whichever is greater, andmust be returned within 30 days of the date shipped from EncoderProducts Company.

All products being returned must be 100% complete and must bepackaged in ORIGINAL PACKAGING. All packaging materials,manuals, other accessories and documentation must be included inthe original packaging. In the event that a return shipment is receivedby us improperly packaged, altered, or physically damaged, returnconsideration will be denied and Encoder Products Company’sreturn policy will not be honored. All items will be inspected andtested upon receipt.

A Return Materials Authorization (RMA) number is required forany item returned for credit. Returns should be sent to ourRepair Department. RMA numbers may be obtained by contactingCustomer Service in advance. RMA numbers will be issued tooriginal purchaser only.

Repair ServicesEach Accu-Coder™ manufactured by Encoder Products Companyis backed by our best-in-the-industry three year warranty. If youexperience a problem, call our trained professionals. We can oftentroubleshoot a problem over the phone and determine if a repairis needed. If its necessary to return the encoder for repair, ourtechnicians will perform a complete evaluation and recommenda course of action. In an emergency situation our technicianscan often have your evaluation and repair completed, and readyfor return shipment, within a matter of hours after receiving yourencoder.



The CE Mark Option

Please read carefully before choosing CE option.

The CE (Conformite European) mark indicates that a product complies with the European Union (EU) directives, and will affect you only ifyour system is to be sold in Europe. CE does not describe the quality of a product, only that it complies with relevant EU directives and canbe incorporated into systems sold in the European market.

Select encoder Series manufactured by Encoder Products Company (EPC) are tested in accordance with harmonized standards to meetspecific noise immunity and emission requirements for an industrial environment, so as to comply with European directives. These testsensure that, when you order CE certified encoders from Encoder Products Company, they will operate without disturbing other equipmentand without being disturbed themselves. Testing for CE certification is performed on encoders with 6 feet of cable or standard body mountconnectors. These testing limitations should be taken into consideration any time the CE mark is ordered in combination with non-standardconnectors or cable lengths in excess of 6 feet.

It should be understood that CE wiring techniques may cause severe ground loops if used with systems other than CE certified systems.Therefore, we strongly suggest that the CE encoder option only be used with CE wired systems, or in situations where the user has a clearunderstanding of the CE requirements. For markets other than the EU, Encoder Products Company maintains the strictest tests to ensurethat non-CE units are shielded and grounded against electromagnetic phenomenon.



97

Cable Considerations

When the electrical signals are generated by an EPC Accu-Coder™encoder, they are electrically “clean” in the sense of being noise free.However, due to a number of factors, these signals can be degradedby the time they reach their intended destination Environmental fac-tors, such as radiated and induced electrical noise, can introducesignal distortions. In addition, system design factors, such as cablecapacitance (especially over long cable runs), impedance mismatch-es, poor cable quality, inadequate shielding, poor grounding, andpoor cable termination can all contribute to signal loss and distor-tion.

Cable ConsiderationsAll cables have small amounts of capacitance between adjacentconductors. The amount of capacitance present is a direct functionof the cable’s length. As capacitance increases, it tends to round offthe leading edge of the square wave signal, decreasing rise times.It can also distort the signal to the extent that errors are caused inthe system. Signal distortion is not usually significant for lengths lessthan 30 ft (or 1000 picofarads). To minimize the distortion, a lowcapacitance cable (less than 35 picofarads per foot) is recommend-ed. Cable lengths should also be as short as possible.

If it is necessary for the cable length to exceed 30 feet, the use of aLine Driver output (output option HV or H5 in the Ordering Guide)along with differential type receiver circuitry is strongly recommend-ed. A low capacitance twisted-shielded pair cable should be usedwhenever using differential signals with cable lengths in excess of 30ft. Contact Customer Service for additional information. For highfrequency applications (>200kHz), this type of cable may be neededfor all lengths. EPC’s standard cable has a braided and foil shield,but it is not twisted-shielded pair cable. Therefore, for high fre-quency applications, it is highly recommended that the user termi-nate the standard cable just outside the encoder, and then run a lowcapacitance twisted-shielded pair cable the remaining distance.

Proper cable termination is also extremely important with differentialsignals. You can try a simple, non-terminated configuration first.However, keep in mind that signal reflections may occur, resulting in

severely distorted waveforms. For this type of signal distortion,parallel termination is recommended, which involves placing aresistor across the differential lines at the far (receiver) end of theline. This resistor should be approximately equivalent to, or up to10% greater than, the characteristic impedance of the cable (Zo)[usually between 70-150 ohms]. This permits higher frequencies tobe transmitted without significant distortion. Unfortunately, lowvalued resistors can increase the power dissipated by the LineDriver, and reduce the output signal level. In this case, a capacitorshould be placed in series with the resistor. The capacitor valueshould be equal to the round trip delay of the cable divided by thecables Zo. Round trip delay is equal to the cable length multipliedby 1.7 ns/ft. (Note that the RC time constant of this type of termina-tion can reduce the system frequency response.)

A parallel termination resistor of a larger value than given above canoften provide adequate reduction of signal reflections, and stillmaintain adequate frequency response with low power dissipation.Experimentation in an application consisting of long cable runs willusually result in the best balance of all of these factors.

Grounding ConsiderationsA common cause of signal distortion in systems is poorgrounding. The following tips will help eliminate distortions due togrounding:1. It is extremely important that cable shields are connected to the receiver/instrument (counter, PLC, etc.) ground.2. Always make sure the motor/machine for which the encoder is mounted is properly grounded.3. The encoder case should also be grounded with the following conditions: a. DO NOT ground the encoder case through both the motor/machine and the cable wiring. b. DO NOT allow the encoder cable wiring to ground the motor/machine exclusively. High motor/machine ground currents could flow through the encoder wiring, potentially damaging the encoder and associated equipment.



Glossary

AccuracyRelated to the incremental encoding disk. It is the difference betweenthe theoretical position of one increment or bit edge and the actualposition of the edge.

Axial LoadingThe force applied to a shaft end surface directed along the axis of rota-tion.

Axial Load (maximum)Maximum axial load is the maximum force that may be applied to theshaft without reducing the rated operating life or causing deviation fromthe rated performance.

Bi-directionalBi-directional refers to an encoder output code format from which direc-tion of travel can be determined.

CE (Conformite European or European Compliance)Sets essential electromagnetic compatibility, within the European mar-kets, for all electrical and electronic equipment that may interfere withother equipment, or that may be interfered by other equipment.

ChannelEach channel is a unique incremental output of the encoder.

Current Sinking OutputA logic form that requires current flow out of the input of the PLC orcounter and back to the output of the encoder. The encoder “sinks” thiscurrent, which is “sourced” by the input circuitry. This is the most com-mon output circuit configuration. It uses an NPN output transistor in theencoder.

Current Sourcing OutputA logic form that requires current flow from the output of the encoder tothe input of the counter or PLC. The encoder “sources” the current andthe input circuitry of the counter or PLC “sinks” this current. This outputcircuit is seldom used. It usually requires a PNP output transistor in theencoder.

Cycles Per RevolutionCalled CPR. The number of increments on the disk of an incrementalencoder. A one thousand increment encoder has a CPR of 1000.

Differential OutputDifferential output refers to the complementary outputs from a feedbackdevice when the signals are excited by a Line Driver. Optimum perfor-mance is achieved when the receiver input impedance is matched tothe line receiver output and transmission line.

DiscTypically made of glass, metal or plastic with precise position incremen-tal lines. These lines are also known as increments. The number ofincrements determines the resolution or CPR of the encoder.

Encoder (shaft type)An encoder is an electro-mechanical device that translates mechanicalmotion (such as position, velocity, acceleration, speed, direction) intoelectrical signals.

Frequency ResponseThe maximum frequency in cycles per second.

Incremental EncoderAn incremental encoder is a device that provides a series of periodicsignals due to mechanical motion. The number of successive cyclescorresponds to the resolvable mechanical increments of motion.

Index ReferenceThe index is a separate output generated by a special track which pro-duces a single cycle (or transition change) at a unique position or posi-tions such as center, home, zero, or reset point. Sometimes referred toas a marker pulse.

IP50Protected against dust. Limited ingress (no harmful deposit).

IP64Totally protected against dust. Protected against water sprayed from alldirections. Limited ingress permitted.

IP65Totally protected against dust. Protected against low pressure jets ofwater from all directions. Limited ingress permitted.

IP66Totally protected against dust. Protected against strong jets of water.Limited ingress permitted.

Line DriverA circuit that provides error-free output pulses in electrically noisy envi-ronments or over long transmission lines when used with a line receiv-er.

Negative Going PulseWhen activated, the pulse goes low (logic 0) or in a negative direction.Do not be confused by “negative going” meaning the pulse goes nega-tive in relationship to the signal common or reference level. Thesestatements are for “positive logic” only. All shaft encoders are based onpositive logic.

NEMA 4Enclosure rating intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to providea degree of protection against windblown dust and rain, splashingwater, and hose directed water; undamaged by the formation of ice onthe enclosure.

NEMA 13Enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree ofprotection against dust, spraying of water, oil and non-corrosive cool-ants.

Open Collector OutputWhen the signal is taken directly off the collector element of the outputtransistor, no Pull-Up is used. This is the electronic equivalent of amechanical switch closure to common. The input device of the PLC orcounter is effectively placed in a series circuit that includes the outputtransistor and input device, which is often an opto isolator and the posi-tive voltage supply. When the output transistor turns on, the circuit iscompleted and current will flow. The output signal cannot be observedunless the circuit is completed externally.



99

Positive Going PulseIn the low or logic 0 state, it is in the quiescent state. It goes high orlogic 1 when activated. This is a transition in the “positive going” direc-tion.

Pulses Per RevolutionNumber of pulses occurring in one revolution of the encoder shaft.

Pulse PolarityEither positive going or negative going. A pulse has two logic states:activated or inactivated. These two states are opposite. When thepulse is in its quiescent state (high or low), it is at one particular logiclevel (1 or 0). When the pulse hits or is in the activated state, this logiclevel reverses itself for the duration of the pulse.

Pulse WidthThe actual real time between the leading and trailing edge of a pulse.The pulse width of the output signal of most encoders is a 50% dutycycle on the clock outputs. Some models utilize a timed or “one shot”output. This provides a constant pulse width irrespective of the pulserepetition rate or shaft speed. The factors to be considered whendetermining pulse width specifications are: (1.) What is the minimumpulse width requirement of the counter or PLC? This information isavailable in the counter or PLC specifications. (2.) Pulse repetition rateversus pulse width. With a constant pulse width, the individual pulsesbecome closer together as the pulse repetition rate or shaft speedincreases. At some point the pulses will overlap and the output signalas a series of well defined pulses ceases. The pulse repetition ratevaries inversely with the pulse width and vice versa.

Pull-Up ResistorWhen added inside the encoder between the positive voltage and thecollector element of the output transistor, it becomes a “pull-up” circuit.This is also know as a pulse output.

Push-Pull OutputAn output circuit that will both sink and source current.

QuadratureA dual output encoder used for bi-directional motion control. Onechannel leads the other by 90º electrical. By monitoring the phase shiftof both channel A and B, direction can be determined. Another benefitof a quadrature encoder is count multiplication. With an appropriatecounter, resolution can be multiplied up to four times. For instance,using this technique an encoder with CPR of 1000 can provide a reso-lution of up to 4000 pulses per shaft revolution.

Quadrature ErrorQuadrature error is the phase error when the specified phase relation-ship between two channels is nominally 90º electrical.

Radial LoadThe force applied at a specific point to the encoder shaft perpendicularto the axis of rotation.

Radial Load (maximum)The maximum force that may be applied perpendicularly to the shaftwithout reducing the rated operating life or causing deviation from therated performance.

ResolutionThe number of increments on the encoder disk. For incrementalencoders, resolution is defined as cycles per revolution.

Shaft RunoutAmount of shaft movement while spinning.

Single ChannelA single channel encoder produces one incremental output. They areoften used for tachometry applications.

Torque (running)Running torque is the rotary force required to keep an encoder shaftturning. It is typically expressed in oz-in.

Torque, Starting (breakaway)Starting (breakaway) torque is the rotary force required to overcomestatic friction and cause the encoder shaft to begin rotating.

UnidirectionalUnidirectional refers to an encoder output code format from whichdirection of travel cannot be determined.e receiver.


100

Call Sales/Customer Service at 800-366-5412 EPC is open for business from8:00 a.m. to 7:30 p.m. Eastern Time(5:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Pacific Time)


Product PagesAccessories Expert Cross Reference

Service

Homepage

DatasheetsModel 260 Ultra VersatileCommutated Thru-Bore

••••

Direct ReplacementsFeatures M12New ountyMLow Profile 1.19"BodUp to 12 Pole Commutation Thru-Bore and Hollow Bore (Blind) Styles Simple, Innovative Flexible Mounting System• Incorporates Opto-ASIC Technology• CE marking available

The Model 260’s larger bore (up to 0.625") and low profile make it the perfect solution formany machine and motor applications. Available in two distinct formats - a Hollow Bore anda complete Thru-Bore - the Model 260 uses EPC’s pioneering Opto-ASIC design. The Model260 uses EPC’s innovative anti-backlash mounting system, allowing simple, reliable, andprecise encoder attachment. Unlike traditional kit or modular encoder designs, it’s integralbearing set provides stable and consistent operation without concerns for axial or radial shaftrunout. For brushless servo motor applications, the Model 260 can be specified with three120º electrical phase tracks to provide up to 12 pole commutation feedback. The optionalextended temperature capability allows servo motors to operate at higher power outputs andduty cycles.

Common Applications


260

MODEL260 Ultra VersatileCommutated Thru-Bore

Brushless Servo Motor Commutation, Robotics, Motor-Mounted Feedback,Assembly Machines, Digital Plotters, High Power Motors


N T 01

BORE SIZE 1

01 1/4", 0.250"02 3/8", 0.375"10 1/2", 0.500"11 5/8", 0.625"06 5 mm04 6 mm14 8 mm05 10 mm09 11 mm12 12 mm13 14 mm15 15 mm

S 0256 Q

NUMBER OF CHANNELSQ Quadrature A & BR Quadrature A & B with Index Z 4

OC 1 S

CONNECTOR TYPES 18" Cable 5J00 18” Cable with 5-pin M127

K00 18” Cable with 8-pin M12 7

SMJ 5-pin Body Mount M12 7

SMK 8-pin Body Mount M12 7

SF 1 N


COMMUTATION 2

N No CommutationC4 4 PoleC6 6 PoleC8 8 PoleC12 12 Pole

CYCLES PER REVOLUTION 1-2500 1

See CPR Options below Price adder >1270

SEALING1 IP50 for Thru-Bore2 IP64 for Thru-Bore3 IP64 for Hollow Bore4 IP50 for Hollow Bore

The information you need is just a click away at www.encoder.com!

HOUSING STYLEB Hollow Bore (Blind)T Front Clamp Thru-BoreR Rear Clamp Thru-Bore

OPERATINGTEMPERATURE 3

L -40º to 70º CS 0º to 70º CH 0º to 100º CV 0º to 120º C

FREQUENCY RESPONSE1 200 kHz2 300 kHz


MOUNTINGSF Slotted Flex-MountFA Flex-Mount ArmNF 2.375” BC 3-point Flex MountXF 2.250” BC 3-point Flex MountSD 1.575" (40 mm) BC SlottedFlex Mount



0001*0040*025406001220

0010*0060025607201250

0011*0100030008001270

0012*0120036008402000

0020*0128*040010002048

0025*0200050010242500

0030*0250051212002540

*Contact Customer service for High Temp option

Contact Customer Service for other disk resolutions; not all diskresolutions available with every commutation option.

NOTES:1 Contact Customer Service for additional options not shown.2 Not available in all configurations. Contact Customer Service for availability.3 5 to16 VDC supply only for H option; 5 VDC supply only for V option. Contact Customer Service for availability and additional information.4 Contact Customer Service for non- standard index gating options.5 For non-standard cable lengths add a forward slash (/) plus cable length expressed in feet. Example: S/6 = 6 feet of cable.6 Please refer to Technical Bulletin TB100: When to Choose the CE Option at www.encoder.com.7 Not available with commutation or extreme temperature (V) option. 5-pin not available with line driver (HV) output.

3d Content CentralEncoder Products Company • P.O. Box 249 • Sagle, ID 83860-0249 • 1-800-366-5412 • www.encoder.com • [email protected]

Accu-Coder™ Advantage

Drawings

No Matter What Information You Need, You Can Find It At www.encoder.com

World Wide Manufacturing Locations

World HeadquartersAmericas Division

Encoder Products Company464276 Highway 95PO Box 249Sagle, Idaho 83860USA

Phone: 800-366-5412, 208-263-8541Fax:208-263-0541E-mail: [email protected]: www.encoder.com

Europe Division

British Encoder Products CompanyWhitegate Industrial Estate, Unit 33Wrexham, ClwydWales LL13 8UGUnited Kingdom

Phone: +44.1978.262100Fax:+44.1978.262100E-mail: [email protected]: www.encoder.co.uk

Asia Division

Zhuhai Precision Encoder Co., LTDRm. 308C, 3 / F,Zhongdian BuildingNo. 1082, JiuZhou Ave.Ji Da District, Zhuhai CityGuangdong Province, PRC519015

Phone: +86.756.3363470Fax:+86.756.3363573E-mail: [email protected]: www.asiaencoder.com

All Locations Provide~Superior Design

Exceptional Value

QuickDelivery

Customer Service

3 YearWarranty

The Best In The Industry!

Encoder Products Company Catalog Spring 2011 © 2011 Encoder Products Company. All Rights Reserved

encoder pentru senzori

Documents